GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a...

152
GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty Drive Version 4.0 Software Start-Up and Reference Manual D2-3323-2

Transcript of GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a...

Page 1: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty DriveVersion 4.0

Software Start-Up and Reference Manual D2-3323-2

Page 2: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

Important User Information

Solid-state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment. Safety Guidelines for the Application, Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls (publication SGI-1.1 available from your local Rockwell Automation sales office or online at http://www.rockwellautomation.com/literature/) describes some important differences between solid-state equipment and hard-wired electromechanical devices. Because of this difference, and also because of the wide variety of uses for solid-state equipment, all persons responsible for applying this equipment must satisfy themselves that each intended application of this equipment is acceptable.

In no event will Rockwell Automation, Inc. be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages resulting from the use or application of this equipment.

The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes. Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation, Rockwell Automation, Inc. cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams.

No patent liability is assumed by Rockwell Automation, Inc. with respect to use of information, circuits, equipment, or software described in this manual.

Reproduction of the contents of this manual, in whole or in part, without written permission of Rockwell Automation, Inc., is prohibited.

Throughout this manual, when necessary, we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations.

Allen-Bradley, Rockwell Software, Rockwell Automation, and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation, Inc.

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies.

WARNING: Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment, which may lead to personal injury or death, property damage, or economic loss.

ATTENTION: Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death, property damage, or economic loss. Attentions help you identify a hazard, avoid a hazard, and recognize the consequence.

SHOCK HAZARD: Labels may be on or inside the equipment, for example, a drive or motor, to alert people that dangerous voltage may be present.

BURN HAZARD: Labels may be on or inside the equipment, for example, a drive or motor, to alert people that surfaces may reach dangerous temperatures.

ARC FLASH HAZARD: Labels may be on or inside the equipment, for example, a motor control center, to alert people to potential Arc Flash. Arc Flash will cause severe injury or death. Wear proper Personal Protective Equipment (PPE). Follow ALL Regulatory requirements for safe work practices and for Personal Protective Equipment (PPE).

IMPORTANT Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product.

Page 3: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

Document Update

Document Update

Electronic Motor Overload Protection

This product does not offer speed-sensitive overload protection, thermal memory retention or provisions to act upon motor over-temperature sensing in motors. If such protection is needed in the end-use product, it needs to be provided by additional means.

1

Page 4: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

Document Update

Notes:

2

Page 5: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

Summary of Changes

The information below summarizes the changes made to this manual since its last release (June 1995).

Description of Changes Page

Added Document Update. After manual front cover

Page 6: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

soc-ii Summary of Changes

Notes:

Page 7: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

Table of Contents

Preface ................................................................................... IV

1.0 Starting Up the Drive for Volts/Hertz Regulation ........................................ 1-1

1. 1 Preparing for Start Up (Volts/Hertz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 1.2 Start-Up Procedure (Volts/Hertz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

2.0 Starting Up the Drive for Vector Regulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

2. 1 Preparing for Start Up (Vector) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 2.2 Start-Up Procedure (Vector) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3

3.0 Monitoring, Programming, and Controlling the Drive with the Keypad/Display............ 3-1

3. 1 Monitor Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 3.2 Program Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3 3.3 Run Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 3.4 Jog Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 3.5 The Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 3.6 The Keypad ...................................................................... 3-5 3.7 Drive Status LEDs ................................................................. 3-7 3.8 Monitor Mode LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7

4.0 Programming Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

4. 1 Parameter Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 4.2 Ensuring Program Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 4.3 Moving Around in the Parameter Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 4.4 First Menu Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

4.4. 1 Displaying or Changing First Menu Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 4.4.2 First Menu General Parameter Descriptions (POOO to P006) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

4.5 Second Menu Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 4.5. 1 Entering the Second Menu Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 4.5.2 Displaying or Changing Second Menu Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 4.5.3 Second Menu General Parameter Descriptions (P007 to P099) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 4.5.4 Second Menu V/Hz Parameter Descriptions (H.000 to H.022) ...................... 4-34 4.5.5 Second Menu Vector Parameter Descriptions (U.000 to U.021) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46

5.0 Troubleshooting Using Error Codes ................................................... 5-1

5. 1 Identifying Alarm Codes and Recovering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 5.2 Identifying Fault Codes and Recovering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 5.3 Accessing, Reading, and Clearing the Faults in the Error Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 5.4 Recovering from Fatal Fault Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8

Page 8: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

Appendices

Appendix A

Alphabetical Listing of Parameters.......... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1

Appendix B

Record of User Parameter Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1

Appendix C

Power Module-Dependent Parameter Default Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1

Appendix D

Compliance with EN 60204-1: 1992 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-1

Appendix E

European and Japanese Default Parameter Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-1

Index .................................................................................... lndex-1

II

Page 9: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

List of Figures

Figure 3.1 - Keypad/Display .................................................................. 3-1

Figure 3.2 - Example of a Monitor Mode Display ................................................ 3-2

Figure 3.3 - Example of a Program Mode Display ................................................ 3-3

Figure 3.4 - Example of a Run Mode Display .................................................... 3-4

Figure 3.5 - Example of a Jog Mode Display .................................................... 3-4

Figure 4.1 - Parameter Menu Structure ......................................................... 4-2

Figure 4.2 - Analog Output Selection and Scaling ............................................... 4-13

Figure 4.3 - Trim Reference Source Selection ................................................... 4-14

Figure 4.4 - Draw and Trim Gain ............................................................... 4-15

Figure 4.5 - S-Curve Acceleration ............................................................. 4-16

Figure 4.6 - S-Curve Deceleration ............................................................. 4-16

Figure 4. 7 - Typical Preset Speed Operation .................................................... 4-23

Figure 4.8 - Overload Profile at 100% Output Current ............................................ 4-24

Figure 4.9 - Overload Profile at 50% Output Current ............................................. 4-24

Figure 4.10- Volts/Hertz Ratio ................................................................ 4-34

Figure 4.11 - Torque Boost Voltage ............................................................ 4-35

Figure 4.12- Avoidance Frequency Band ...................................................... 4-39

Figure 4.13- Volts/Hertz Curve Selection ....................................................... 4-42

List of Tables

Table 3.1 - Monitor Mode LEDs ............................................................... 3-7

Table 4.1 - Digital Input Limits Selection ........................................................ 4-11

Table 4.2 - Preset Speed Digital Inputs ......................................................... 4-22

Table 5.1 - List of Alarm Codes ................................................................ 5-2

Table 5.2 - List of Fault Codes ................................................................ 5-3

Table 5.3 - Fatal Fault Codes that Can Be Reset ................................................. 5-8

Ill

Page 10: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

IV

Page 11: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

PREFACE The products described in this manual are manufactured or distributed by Reliance Electric Industrial Company.

This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0). The drive can be set up for either volts per hertz (V/Hz) or vector regulation. This manual provides a start-up procedure for both.

The start-up procedures are followed by reference information. This information includes a complete list of all parameters and descriptions of the keypad/display and drive control modes.

• You will need to know how to use the keypad to perform the start-up procedures described in chapters 1 and 2. If you do not, refer to chapter 3 first.

• For drives that will be set up for V/Hz regulation, go to chapter 1 for the start-up procedure.

• For drives that will be set up for vector regulation, go to chapter 2 for the start-up procedure.

• For a description of all the parameters, go to chapter 4.

• For troubleshooting guidelines, go to chapter 5.

• For a description of the drive hardware, refer to the GV3000 A-C Power Modules Hardware Reference, Installation, and Troubleshooting instruction manual (D2-3324).

Getting Assistance from Reliance Electric

If you have any questions or problems with the products described in this instruction manual, contact your local Reliance Electric sales office. If the product is still under the standard one-year warranty, you can also call the Customer Response Center (CRC) at 1-800-726-8112. This is a toll-free call.

If the product is no longer under warranty, you have two options. You can call 1-900-230-6600. This is a toll call for which you will be billed by the minute (the first two minutes are free). Alternately, you can call 1-900-346-3400. Calls to this number will be billed at a flat rate per call. If you think your problem will take longer than 25 minutes to resolve, it will be more economical to contact Reliance® at the second number.

The thick black bar shown on the right-hand margin of this page will be used throughout this I instruction manual to signify new or revised text or figures.

'----------=-----'------

V

Page 12: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).
Page 13: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

1.0 STARTING UP THE DRIVE FOR VOLTS/HERTZ REGULATION This chapter describes the basic start-up procedure for drives which utilize open-loop V/Hz regulation. V/Hz regulation is the default method of regulation. You do not need to select it.

If you are starting up a drive which will perform closed-loop vector regulation, refer to the vector start-up procedure in chapter 2.0 instead. Do not perform the start-up procedure in this chapter.

The start-up procedure below provides step-by-step instructions for:

• powering up

• checking monitor mode displays

• accessing program mode

• configuring General parameters (designated with a "P")

• configuring specific V/Hz parameters (designated with an "H")

• checking motor rotation direction

• running the drive

This start-up procedure describes how to program the minimum set of parameters that usually need to be programmed for applications that require V/Hz regulation. Once you program these parameters, their values are retained even if power is lost. You only need to re-program them if you want to change how the drive operates.

Your application may require programming other parameters in addition to the ones described in this start-up procedure. Refer to chapter 4 for a description of all the parameters to verify whether you need to program any additional parameters as well. Appendix A provides a list of parameters listed alphabetically.

Throughout this manual, you will see references to parameter names and the numbers that identify them for the drive. This manual uses the same format that will be shown on the keypad/display to refer to parameters:

P.nnn U.nnn H.nnn

where: nnn is a number P designates General parameters U designates Vector parameters H designates Volts/Hertz parameters

1-1

Page 14: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

1-2

1.1 Preparing for Start Up {Volts/Hertz)

Read through the following sections to prepare for the start-up procedure.

What You Need to Know:

• You must be qualified to perform the procedure and be familiar with V/Hz regulation.

• You should be familiar with the keypad/display. If you are not familiar with the keypad/display, refer to chapter 3, which describes it.

What You Need to Do:

• Complete all hardware installation as described in instruction manual D2-3324, which describes GV3000 hardware. This includes connecting input power, input transformers (if required), disconnects, fuses, and the terminal strip on the drive.

• Record the following motor data from each motor nameplate for use during the procedure. Space is provided for recording information from three motors:

Motor rated amps: __ _ Motor rated volts: ---Motor base frequency: __ _

Motor rated amps: __ _ Motor rated volts: ---Motor base frequency: __ _

Motor rated amps: __ _ Motor rated volts: __ _ Motor base frequency: __ _

• Connect the drive to the motor.

• Check that you have not been prevented from programming the drive. If the PASSWORD LED on the keypad is on, programming has been prevented in parameter P.051, Programming Disable. Refer to section 4.2 in this manual for the procedure to enable programming.

If You Have a Problem:

To Exit:

During most of the start-up procedure, you will be in program mode, which is used to program parameters. If you want to stop programming parameters, you can exit program mode. You can do this by pressing the PROGRAM key until the PROGRAM LED turns off. This will place the drive in monitor mode, the default. You can read more about drive modes in chapter 3.

To Restore a Default Parameter Value after Writing over It:

If you enter the wrong value while programming parameters, you can restore the default if you have not yet pressed the ENTER key. To do so:

1. Press the PROGRAM key.

2. Press the ENTER key. The default value of the parameter will be displayed again. You can select it with ENTER or enter a new one and press ENTER.

To Restore All the Default Values to General (P) Parameters:

If you need to restore all the default values for General (P) parameters after programming them, you can do so using the Restore Defaults parameter (P.050).

Page 15: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

1.2 Start-Up Procedure {Volts/Hertz)

This section describes the start-up procedure for drives set up for V/Hz regulation. Before using this procedure, you should have read section 1.1 for information you need to know before working with the drive

Step 1. Power Up the Drive

This step verifies that the drive powers up and passes the power-up diagnostics. After the drive passes the diagnostics, it automatically enters monitor mode, with RPM displayed.

Turn power on.

,-1-i L [ • I[ ..- J =ic_r -RPM -RUNNING ~ - VOL TS - REMOTE -AMPS -JOG B~UN - Hz - AUTO PROGRAM JOG - Kw - FDR'w'ARD - TORQUE - REVERSE - Po.ssword- PROGRAM

Glt [ START I ~fi!t~?fj

-RPM DRUNNING ~ D VOL TS D REMOTE

The initial display shows SELF, with all monitor mode and status LEDs on, indicating the drive is performing power-up diagnostics.

After diagnostics are complete (5-6 seconds), the RPM LED is on and the drive is in monitor mode. The displayed value is zero RPM. You can move

DAMPS DJDG B~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM JOG D Kw - FOR'w'ARD

through the five items I D TORQUE D REVERSE [ ] DPo.sswordDPRDGRAM ENTER

~-~[START] ~fa~~?fj

Step 2. Select Program Mode

accessible in monitor mode -RPM, Volts, Amps, Hz, and Kw - by pressing the ENTER key. All monitor mode values at this point will be zero until a speed reference is applied and the motor turns.

In this step, you will select program mode, which will give you access to the First Menu General (P) parameters.

Press the PROGRAM key.

[P.---1 ~~ IAuTDl Forwo.r

-RPM DRUNNING ~ Revers D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS DJOG B~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM JOG D Kw - FOR'w'ARD 0 TORQUE D REVERSE r l DPo.ssword-PROGRAM ENTER

Glt [ START I ~fi!t~?fi

The PROGRAM LED is on and the First Menu General (P) parameters can be accessed.

1-3

Page 16: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

1-4

Step 3. Program First Menu General Parameters P.000 - P.005

This step describes how to change First Menu General (P) parameters P.000 through P.005. P.000 selects where the drive is controlled from. This procedure assumes local control from the keypad (P.000 === LOCL), which is the default setting for the parameter.

Step 3.1 Press the ENTER key to display the first parameter, P.000, Control Source Select.

Step 3.2 Press the I key to display P.001, Accel Time 1 (RAMP 1).

Step 3.3 Press the ENTER key to display the default setting of P.001.

Step 3.4 Press the I key to increase acceleration time, or the J, key to decrease acceleration time.

Step 3.5 Press the ENTER key to save the changed value.

F'.000 ~~ ~Forwo.rd

-RPM 0RUNNING ~ Rivii=s D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS 0JOG EJ~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM JOG DKw -FDRl.'ARD 0 TORQUE D REVERSE 0 Password- PROGRAM

[P.001[ ~~ IAUTDl Forwo.rd

-RPM 0RUNNING ~ Re11erse D VOL TS O REMOTE

DAMPS D JOG EJ OOUN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM '"JiJG D Kw - FDRl.'ARD 0 TORQUE D REVERSE c::::::J Password- PROGRAM

~ [ START) m~~~fJ

I 20.0 I~~

120.3

120.2 120.1

20.0 J, 19.9

[P.00/[ ~~

The default setting for P.000 is LOCL, or local control.

This parameter sets the acceleration time in seconds.

This displays the default setting for acceleration time (20.0 seconds).

The adjustment range is:

1.0 to 999.9 seconds.

VALUE ENTERED: .._I __ ___,

After pressing ENTER, the same parameter number is displayed, indicating that the value was saved. You can now go to the next parameter.

Page 17: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

Step 3.6 Press the i key to display P.002, Decel Time 1 (RAMP 1 ).

Step 3.7 Press the ENTER key to display the default setting of P.002.

Step 3.8 Press the i key to increase deceleration time, or the J, key to decrease deceleration time.

Step 3.9 Press the ENTER key to save the changed value.

0 1-,0-=, ~~ I • - L

IAuTDl FOl"\00.1" -RPM DRUNNING ~ Revers D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS DJOG B~UN OHz DAUTD PROGRAM JOG D KIO - FDR'w'ARD 0 TORQUE D REVERSE DPo.ssword-PROGRAM [ENTER]

~ [START] ~f~~~?fj

I 20.01~~ IAuTDl Forwo.r

-RPM DRUNNING ~ Revers D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS DJDG B~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM JOG DKw -FDR'w'ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE D Po.ssword- PROGRAM

STOP RESET

'----'

[START]

i 20.3 i 20.2 i 20.1

20.0 J, 19.9

P.002 l•H~I -RPM DRUNNING ~ D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS DJOG BOOUN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM JOG DKw -FDR'w'ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE DPo.ssword-PROGRAM [ENTER]

~-~(START] ~fr~~?fj

This parameter sets the deceleration time in seconds. The default stop method is coast-to-stop, set in P.025.

This displays the default setting for deceleration time (20.0 seconds).

The adjustment range is:

1.0 to 999.9 seconds.

VALUE ENTERED: .__I __ __.

After pressing ENTER, the same parameter number is displayed, indicating that the value was saved. You can now go to the next parameter.

1-5

Page 18: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

1-6

Step 3.10 Press the I key to display P.003, Minimum Speed.

DANGER

THE DRIVE IS CAPABLE OF OPERATING AT AND MAINTAINING ZERO SPEED. THE USER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ASSURING SAFE CONDITIONS FOR OPERATING PERSONNEL BY PROVIDING SUITABLE GUARDS, AUDIBLE OR VISUAL ALARMS, OR OTHER DEVICES TO INDICATE THAT THE DRIVE IS OPERATING OR MAY OPERATE AT OR NEAR ZERO SPEED. FAILURE TO OBSERVE THIS PRECAUTION COULD RESULT IN SEVERE BODILY INJURY OR LOSS OF LIFE.

Step 3.11 Press the ENTER key to display the default setting of P.003.

Step 3.12 Press the I key to increase minimum speed or the J., key to decrease minimum speed.

Step 3.13 Press the ENTER key to save the changed value.

J=).003 I• JI TI iAUTIJl Forwo.rd

-RPM 0RUNNING ~ Revers D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS DJDG B~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM "JEiG DKw -FOR\JARD D TORQUE D REVERSE DPo.ssworol-PROGRAM [ENTER]

'-----' [ s TART ] ~f~~~flo

s.01~~ iAUTIJl F orwo.rd

-RPM 0RUNNING ~ Revers D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS DJOG B~ D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM 5~~ DKw -FDR\JARD D TORQUE D REVERSE D Pt>ssworol- PROGRAM

STOP RESET

15.3 15.2 15.1

5.0 t4.9

D [-7[-7=, ~~ r. _ - ::::., -RPM DRUNNING ~ D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS DJDG B~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM "JEiG DKw -FOR\JARD D TORQUE D REVERSE DPo.ssworol-PROGRAM [ENTER]

~-~[START] ~f~~~flo

This parameter sets the minimum speed in Hz.

This shows that the default setting for Minimum Speed is 5.0 Hz.

The adjustment range is:

0.5 Hz to the value set for P.004 (Maximum Speed).

VALUE ENTERED: ....._ ___ ....

After pressing ENTER, the same parameter number is displayed, indicating that the value was saved. You can now go to the next parameter.

Page 19: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

Step 3. 14 Press the I key to display P.004, Maximum Speed.

Step 3.15 Press the ENTER key to display the default setting of P.004.

WARNING

THE USER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ENSURING THAT DRIVEN MACHINERY, ALL DRIVE-TRAIN MECHANISMS, AND PROCESS LINE MATERIAL ARE CAPABLE OF SAFE OPERATION AT THE MAXIMUM OPERATING SPEED OF THE DRIVE. INV/HZ REGULATION, OVERFREQUENCY PROTECTION IN THE DRIVE IS PROVIDED BY MEANS OF H.022. FAILURE TO OBSERVE THIS PRECAUTION COULD RESULT IN BODILY INJURY.

Step 3. 16 Press the I key to increase maximum speed or the J, key to decrease maximum speed.

Step 3. 17 Press the ENTER key to save the changed value.

P.OOL/ [•][..,] IAurol FOl"\00.1"

-RPM DRUNNING ~ Revers D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS DJOG B~UN DHz DAUTO PROGRAM JOG D Kw - FDR'w'ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE DPo.ssword-PROGRAM [ENTER]

'-----1[ START] ~fi!t~?fj

I GD.DI~~ IAurol Forwo.r

-RPM DRUNNING ~ Revers D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS DJDG B~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM JOG D Kw - FOR'w'ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE D Po.ssword- PROGRAM

~ [ sTART J ~f~fA~Ho

160.3 160.2 160.1

60.0 !59.9

1=1.0 OL/ I• H.., I IAurol Forw<1r

-RPM DRUNNING ~ Revers D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS DJOG B~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM JOG D Kw - FDR'w'ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE D Po.s:s:word- PROGRAM

~-~( START J ~f~fA~~E

This parameter sets the maximum speed in Hz. In addition, the drive has overfrequency protection by means of H.022. Refer to the description of this parameter and be sure to set it appropriate to your application.

This shows that the default setting for Maximum Speed is 60.0 Hz.

The adjustment range is:

0.5 Hz to the value set for H.022 (Overfrequency Limit).

The maximum value is 200 Hz.

VALUE ENTERED: ..... I __ .......

After pressing ENTER, the same parameter number is displayed, indicating that the value was saved. You can now go to the next parameter.

1-7

Page 20: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

1-8

Step 3.18 Press the i key to display P.005, Current Limit.

Step 3.19 Press the ENTER key to display the default setting of P.005.

Step 3.20 Press the J. key to decrease current limit. Decrease current limit only if the motor nominal current rating is less than the drive nominal current rating.

Step 3.21 Press the ENTER key to save the entered value.

oa-i-,c ~~ I • - -' r;Grnl Forwo.rd

-RPM DRUNNING ~ Revers D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS D JOG E:J ~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM "'JiJG DKw -F"OR\o/ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE D Po.ssworol- PROGRAM

,,___--1 [ ST ART) ~f~~~~fj

1001~~ r;Grnl Forwo.rd

-RPM DRUNNING ~ Revers D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS D JOG E:J ~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM JOG DKw -FOR\o/ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE D Po.ssworol- PROGRAM

--- [START] ~f~~~~fj

100 J. 99 J. 98

[P.OOSJ ~~ r;Gnil F"orward

-RPM DRUNNING ~ Rive'rs D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS D JOG E:J ~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM "'JiJG DKw -FOR\o/ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE D Po.ssworol- PROGRAM

,,___--1[ START] ~f~~Af~~l[j

This parameter sets Current Limit, which corresponds to the value in parameter P.095, Power Unit Output Amps.

This shows that the default setting for Current Limit is 100.

Use the following equation to calculate current limit:

Motor Rated Amps(1) x100 Rated Drive Output Amps(2)

(1) From motor nameplate (2) See 1/M D2-3324 for ratings

Adjustment Range: 50 to 110

VALUE ENTERED: ..... I __ __,

After pressing ENTER, the same parameter number is displayed, indicating that the value was saved. You can now move to the next parameter.

Page 21: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

Step 4. Enter the Second Menu Password

This step is required in order to access the Second Menu General (P) parameters and the Volts/Hertz (H) parameters.

Step 4.1 Press the 1' key to display parameter P.006, Second Menu Password. P.006 l•H..,l

-RPM DRUNNING ~ D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS DJOG B~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM JOG DKw -FDR\,IARD D TORGlUE D REVERSE D Po.ssword- PROGRAM

'-----'[START) :f~i-'1~~E

This parameter allows you to enter the factory preset password that allows access to the Second Menu. The Second Menu provides access to all parameters (P, H, and error log).

Step 4.2 Press the ENTER key. Zero is displayed.

Step 4.3 Press the 1' key until the password number "107" is displayed.

Step 4.4 Press the ENTER key to save the password number.

01~~ ~----~ IAuTi:il Forwo.r

-RPM DRUNNING ~ Revers D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS D JOG [PROGRAM I [ RUN I D Hz D AUTO JOG D Kw - FDR\,IARD D TORQUE D REVERSE D Po.ssword- PROGRAM

/071 ~~ ~rorwo.rcl

-RPM DRUNNING ~ Reverse D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS DJOG E:3 OOUN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM "Ji:iG D Kw - FDR\,IARD D TORQUE D REVERSE DPo.ssword-PRDGRAM [ENTER]

:f~i-'1~~fl

i,at-,c ~~ r. __ Cl ~ rorwo.rd

-RPM DRUNNING ~ R'eve'rs D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS DJOG E:3 OOUN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM "Ji:iG DKw -FDR\,IARD D TORQUE D REVERSE D Po.ssworcJ- PROGRAM

..__ _ __, [ ST A RT] ~fai,'1~~fl

NOTE: The password, and access to the Second Menu, will be retained if the drive loses and regains power.

After pressing ENTER, P.006 is displayed, indicating that the password was saved. You now have access to all parameters and the error log. After the password is entered, the parameter value is reset to O.

1-9

Page 22: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

1-10

Step 5. Program the Second Menu Volts/Hertz (H) Parameters

This step describes how to program the parameters that apply to V/Hz regulation only.

Step 5.1 Press the PROGRAM key to return to the First Menu.

Step 5.2 Press the i key twice.

Step 5.3 Press the ENTER key to access the first Volts/Hertz parameter: H.000, Motor Nameplate Volts.

[P.---[ ~~ ~Fcrwo.ra

-RPM DRUNNING ~ Reve,-s D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS D JOG B ~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM "JiJG DKw -FOR\o/ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE D Po.ssworol- PROGRAM

~ [ START]

[Err [~~ ~Fcrwo.ra

-RPM DRUNNING ~ Reve,-s D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS DJOG B~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM "JiJG D Kw -FOR\o/ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE D Po.ssworol- PROGRAM

[H.---[ ~~ ~Fcrwo.ra

-RPM DRUNNING ~ Rever-s D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS DJOG B~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM "JfiG DKw -FOR\o/ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE DPo.ssworol-PROGRAM [ENTER]

[START] ~f~~~flo ~-~

I-I.DOD ~~ -RPM DRUNNING ~ D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS D JOG EJ [][JUN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM "JiJG DKw -FDR\o/ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE DPo.ssworol-PROGRAM [ENTER]

[ START l ~f~~~~E '--------'

The display returns to the General (P) parameters in the First Menu.

The error log (Err) is bypassed, then .....

... the Volts/Hertz (H) parameter main menu is displayed.

This parameter sets the Motor Nameplate Volts and is taken directly from the motor nameplate.

Page 23: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

Step 5.4 Press the ENTER key.

Default Value Varies

Step 5.5 If no change was made, press the ENTER key to return to the parameter. If you changed the value, press ENTER to accept the change and return to the parameter.

Step 5.6 Press the i key to display H.001, Motor Nameplate Base Frequency. NOTE: If Motor Nameplate Base Frequency is not set correctly, the monitor mode RPM display will also not be scaled correctly.

Step 5.7 Press the ENTER key.

Step 5.8 Press the J, key to decrease base frequency, if necessary.

'-160 [.A.J[T] IAuio'l Forwo.rd

D RUNNING ~ Revers DREMDTE

DJOG ~~UN D AUTO PROGRAM JOG -FOR'w'ARD

D TORQUE D REVERSE [ l D Po.ssword- PROGRAM ENTER

~ [ ST ART] mf~?f'i

I-I.ODO ~~ -RPM DRUNNING ~ D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS DJOG EJ~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM JOG DKw -FDR'w'ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE D Po.ssword- PROGRAM

~ [ ST ART l ~faf~?IE

I-I.OD I ~~ IAuio'l Forw<>rd

-RPM DRUNNING ~ Revers D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS D JOG EJ ~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM JOG DKw -FOR'w'ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE DPo.ssword-PROGRAM [ENTER]

~ [ START l ~faf~?IE

60.0 ~~ IAuiol FOl"WC>l"d

-RPM 0RUNNING ~ Rever-s D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS DJOG EJ~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM JOG D Kw - FOR'w'ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE [ l D Po.ssword- PROGRAM ENTER

~ [ START l ~f~~?IE

The default setting for H .000 is displayed. The default setting depends on the drive rating and is factory set. You should check to make sure the value is correct. The value shown here is only an example. If the Motor Nameplate Volts parameter is changed, it is recommended that the identification procedure, controlled by parameter H.020, be performed. Refer to chapter 4 for more information.

After pressing ENTER, the same parameter is displayed, indicating that the value was saved. You can now move to the next parameter.

This parameter adjusts the volts/hertz ratio. Base frequency is the set frequency at which the output voltage reaches the Motor Nameplate Voltage. See figure 4.1 O for more information.

The default setting of 60.0 Hz is displayed.

This value will typically not need to be changed from 60 Hz.

1-11

Page 24: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

1-12

Step 5.9 Press the ENTER key.

Step 5.1 O Press the i key to display H.002, Motor Nameplate Amps.

CAUTION: This parameter setting must not exceed the rated amps found on the motor nameplate. Over­current or excess heating of the motor could result if this is not the case. Fail­ure to observe this precaution could result in damage to, or destruction of, the equipment.

Step 5.11 Press the ENTER key.

[I-I.OD II~~ IAUTOl Forward

-RPM DRUNNING ~ Reverse D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS DJOG B~UN D Hz D AUTO PRDGRAH "JEiG D Kw - FOR'w'ARD D TORClUE D REVERSE [ l DPo.ssworcl-PRDGRAM ENTER

~ [ ST ART] ~fW~?fj

ll - - 1 ,,.L1L1c -RPM DRUNNING ~ D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS D JOG rRDGRAH l [ RUN l D Hz D AUTO JOG D Kw - FOR'w'ARD D TORClUE D REVERSE D Po.ssworcl- PROGRAM

~ [ START l ~fW~?fj

3./] ~[Y ~----~ IAUTOl Forwa.rd

-RPM DRUNNING ~ Reverse D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS DJOG B~UN D Hz D AUTO PRDGRAH "JEiG D Kw - FDR'w'ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE D Po.ssworcl- PROGRAM

~ [ START]

Step 5.12 Press the i key to i increase the motor nameplate .J, amps, or the .J, key to decrease motor nameplate amps.

Step 5.13 Press the ENTER key to save the changed value. u ,-,L-1 ~ ~~ ,, • ,._ - c::.

-RPM DRUNNING ~ D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS DJOG B~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM "JEiG D Kw - FDR\ilARD D TORQUE D REVERSE [ ] DPo.ssworcl-PRDGRAM ENTER

~ [ START l ~fW~~fj

After pressing ENTER, the same parameter is displayed, indicating that the value was saved. You can now move to the next parameter.

This parameter specifies the Motor Nameplate Amps and is taken directly from the motor nameplate.

The default setting depends on the drive rating. The display shown here is only an example.

The adjustment range depends on the drive rating. See Appendix C.

VALUE ENTERED:! __ _

After pressing ENTER, the same parameter is displayed, indicating that the value was saved. You can now move to the next parameter.

Page 25: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

Step 5.14 Press the i key to display H.003, Torque Boost Voltage.

Step 5.15 Press the ENTER key.

Step 5.16 Press the i key to increase the torque boost voltage, or the ,l. key to decrease torque boost voltage.

Step 5.17 Press the ENTER key to save the changed value.

Step 5.18 Press the i key until H.018, Volts/Hertz Curve Mode, is displayed.

~Forwo.rd -RPM 0RUNNING ~ Revers 0 VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS D JOG rRauRAH ][ RUN I D Hz D AUTO JOG DKw -FDR\o/ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE 0 Po.ssworcl- PROGRAM

o.sJ ~~

/-/. 0 0 3 I • II ,.. I ~Forwo.rd

-RPM [:::JRUNNING ~ Revers 0 VOL TS O REMOTE

0 AMPS D JOG E:J ~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM "JEiG DKw -FDR\o/ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE [ ] c:JPo.ssworcl-PROGRAM ENTER

~ [START] :f~~fk5~f:,

1-1. 0 I 8 I • H ,.. I IAUTOI Forwo.rd

-RPM [:::JRUNNING ~ Reverse 0 VOL TS O REMOTE

DAMPS D JOG E:J ~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM "JEiG DKw -FDR\o/ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE c:JPo.ssworcl-PRDGRAM [ENTER]

if~~f,&~f:,

This parameter is required to offset the voltage drop of the motor at low speeds and produce constant torque. For example, high friction loads may require high starting torque. Refer to figure 4.11 for more information.

The default setting is 0.5.

The adjustment range is:

0.0% to 20.0%

VALUE ENTERED: _I ---

After pressing ENTER, the same parameter is displayed, indicating that the value was saved. You can now move to the next parameter.

This parameter selects the type of curve for volt/hertz regulation. See chapter 4 and step 5.20 for more information.

1-13

Page 26: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

1-14

Step 5.19 Press the ENTER key.

Step 5.20 Press the i key to increase the selection value to 1 or 2, or leave it at 0.

Step 5.21 Press the ENTER key to save the changed value.

01~~ '--------' IAlJTDl Fcr-wo.r-a

-RPM 0RUNNING ~ Reverse D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS D JDG E::J [][JUN D Hz D AUTD PROGRAM "JEi'G D Kw - FDRYARD 0 TDRGIUE D REVERSE 0 Po.ssword- PROGRAM

i2 i1

0

ll 0-10 ~~ n. o ~~ IAlJTDl Fcr-wo.ra

-RPM 0RUNNING ~ Reverse 0 VOL TS O REMOTE

DAMPS D JOG E::J [][JUN D Hz D AUTD PROGRAM "JEi'G 0 Kw - FDRYARD D TDRGIUE D REVERSE [ l DPo.ssword-PRDGRAM ENTER

~-~[START] ~f~/k5~E

The default setting is O for linear curve.

The adjustment range is:

0 Linear curve 1 Optimized curve for

Reliance Electric RPM AC motors

2 = For centrifugal pump and fan motor applications

VALUE ENTERED: .._I __ __.

After pressing ENTER, the same parameter is displayed, indicating that the value was saved. You can now move to the next parameter.

Page 27: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

Step 6. Return to Monitor Mode

This step describes how to exit program mode and return to monitor mode.

Step 6.1 The display should now show the last parameter adjusted in Step 5, H.018.

Step 6.2 Press the PROGRAM key twice to exit program mode.

ua-,g ~~ "· C: IAUTDl Forward

-RPM 0RUNNING ~ Revers D VOL TS D REMOTE

B ~~PS B ~~~o rRDGRAM H 5~~ 1 D Kw -FDR'wARD 0 TORQUE D REVERSE 0 Po.ssword- PROGRAM

~ [ ST ART] ~f~fAf,&~fj

01~~ '--------' IAUTDl Forwarcl

-RPM 0RUNNING ~ Revers D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS D JOG EJ OOUN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM JOG OKw -FDR'wARD 0 TORQUE D REVERSE D Po.sswordO PROGRAM

DANGER

The display returns to monitor mode with RPM displayed. The RPM LED is on and the PROGRAM LED is off.

THE SUBSEQUENT STEPS REQUIRE ROTATING PARTS AND/OR ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS TO BE EXPOSED. STAY CLEAR IF UNIT MUST BE RUNNING, OR DISCONNECT AND LOCK OUT OR TAG POWER SOURCE IF CONTACT MUST BE MADE. FAILURE TO OBSERVE THIS PRECAUTION COULD RESULT IN SEVERE BODILY INJURY OR LOSS OF LIFE.

NOTE: The stop input on the terminal strip is not active when the Control Source Select parameter (P.000) = LOCL, as it does during this start-up procedure. Use the STOP/RESET key if you need to stop the drive.

Step 7. Check Motor Rotation Direction

This step involves starting the drive and checking that the motor rotates in the correct direction.

Step 7.1 Press the START key.

/SOI~~ IAUTDl ForW<lrd

-RPM -RUNNING~ Revers 0 VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS 0JOG B~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM JOG 0Kw -FDR'wARD 0 TORQUE D REVERSE D Po.sswordD PROGRAM

~ [ ST ART] ~f~fAfr&~E

The drive is now in run mode and monitor mode and the RPM, RUNNING, and FORWARD LEDs are on. The drive should be running at minimum speed. The sample display shows 150 RPM.

1-15

Page 28: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

I

I

1-16

Step 7 .2 Visually check that the motor rotates counter-clockwise (CCW) when viewed from the driven motor shaft end.

Step 7.3

• If the rotation direction is NOT correct, press the STOP/RESET key and continue with Step 7.4.

• If the rotation direction is correct, continue with Step 8.

Step 7.4 Turn off and lock out or tag power to the drive.

Step 7.5 Verify that the D-C bus capacitors are discharged. Refer to instruction manual D2-3324 for this procedure.

Step 7.6 Switch any two of the motor leads (U,V, or W).

Step 7.7 Turn power on, and press the START key. Repeat Step 7.2.

Step 7.8 To make sure that the drive is not inadvertently started, turn off and lock out or tag power to the drive and then connect the motor to the load.

((Jew

01~~ '-------' ~ Forwnr

-RPM 0RUNNING Revers D VOL TS D REMDTE

B ~~PS B ;~~D rROGRAM 11

~~~ 1 0 Kw - FDR'w'ARD

CJ TORQUE CJ REVERSE CJ PasswordO PRDGRAM

When the STOP/RESET key is pressed, the RUNNING LED goes out, and the display returns to RPM display mode.

Page 29: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

Step 8. Running the Drive

This step describes how to adjust the speed reference from the keypad and run the motor up to maximum speed in Hz. At maximum Hz, you must check values in monitor mode.

NOTE: If you are not in run mode, press the START key.

Step 8.1 Press the ENTER key until the Hz LED turns on.

Step 8.2 Press the i or J, key once. All of the monitor mode LEDs turn off. Increase the speed reference to the maximum value by using the i or J, keys. Wait five seconds or press the ENTER key. This will set the speed reference.

Step 8.3 Press the ENTER key to move to the VOLTS display.

s.ol ~~ IAuTol Forw<>r

DRPM -RUNNING ~ ~ D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS DJOG B~UN - Hz D AUTO PROGRAM JOG D Kw - FDR'-'ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE D Po.sswordD PROGRAM

'-----' [ s TART ) :wt:;z]E,

I so.oJ ~~ IAUTCil forw<>rd

DRPM -RUNNING ~ Revers D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS DJOG EJ~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM JOG

D Kw - FDR\tlARD D TORQUE D REVERSE [ ] DPosswordDPROGRAM ENTER

~ [ ST ART l ~fi_!/f;;flfi~

I 11221 ~~ IAUTCil Forwo.rol

-RPM -RUNNING~ Reverse D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS DJOG B~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM JOG D Kw -FOR\tlARD D TORQUE D REVERSE [ l D PosswordD PROGRAM ENTER

~ [START) ~f~~:;ffj

L/GOI ~~ IAuTol For-wo.r-ol

DRPM -RUNNING~ Reverse - VOL TS D REMOTE DAMPS DJDG B ~UN D Hz D AUTO PROc;RAM JOG D Kw - FDR'-'ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE D PosswordD PROGRAM

~ [START) :fic~:;?JE

This example shows the minimum hertz setting of parameter P.003.

This increases the drive speed reference and the motor will rotate up to maximum speed. The monitor mode LEDs turn off when the reference is changed.

The display now shows the drive speed in RPM. Your speed display may be different.

This example shows the output volts at Maximum Speed (P.004). Your actual reading may be different.

VALUE READ:

1-17

Page 30: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

1-18

Step 8.4 Press the ENTER key to move to the AMPS display.

Step 8.5 Press the ENTER key to move to the Hz display.

Step 8.6 Press the STOP/RESET key.

3.11 ~~ riiuTDl Forwo.rd

0RPM -RUNNING ~ Reverse D VOL TS D REMOTE

-AMPS D JOG E:J OOUN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM JOG DKw -FORl,/ARD 0 TORQUE D REVERSE 0 Po.sswordO PROGRAM

'------'[START) ~f~~~?fj

60.0 ~~ 0 RPM -RUNNING D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS D JOG rRDGRAM i l RUN J -Hz OAUTD JOG 0Kw -FORl,/ARD D TORQUE O REVERSE 0 Po.sswordO PROGRAM

~-~

[START] ~f~~?fj

This example shows the output amps at Maximum Speed (P.004). Your actual reading may be different.

VALUE READ:

This example shows the Hz value corresponding to the value set in parameter P.004, Maximum Speed. Your actual reading may be different.

VALUE READ:

The driven motor should stop as programmed in P.025, Stop Mode.

This is the end of the basic V/Hz start-up procedure. When the start-up values are final, Appendix B can be used to record final settings. To configure the remaining parameters according to the specific application, refer to Chapter 4, Programming Reference.

Recall that the Control Source Select parameter (P.000) was set to LOCL in this start-up procedure. If you need to operate the drive from a different control source, you will need to change the setting in parameter P.000.

Page 31: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

2.0 STARTING UP THE DRIVE FOR VECTOR REGULATION This chapter describes the basic start-up procedure for drives which utilize closed-loop vector regulation. Part of this procedure describes how to select vector regulation.

If you are starting up a drive which will perform open-loop V/Hz regulation, refer to the V/Hz start-up procedure in chapter 1.0 instead. Do not perform the start-up procedure in this chapter.

The start-up procedure below provides step-by-step instructions for:

• powering up

• checking monitor mode displays

• accessing program mode

• configuring General parameters (designated with a "P")

• configuring specific vector parameters (designated with a "U")

• checking motor rotation direction

• running the drive

This start-up procedure describes how to program the minimum set of parameters that usually need to be programmed for applications that required closed-loop vector regulation. Once you program these parameters, their values are retained even if power is lost. You only need to re-program them if you want to change how the drive operates.

Your application may require programming other parameters in addition to the ones described in this start-up procedure. Refer to chapter 4 for a description of all the parameters to verify whether you need to program any additional parameters as well. Appendix A provides a list of parameters listed alphabetically.

Throughout this manual, you will see references to parameter names and the numbers that identify them for the drive. This manual uses the same format that will be shown on the keypad/display to refer to parameters:

P.nnn U.nnn H.nnn

where: nnn is a number P designates General parameters U designates Vector parameters H designates Volts/Hertz parameters

2-1

Page 32: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

2-2

2.1 Preparing for Start Up {Vector)

Read through the following sections to prepare for the start-up procedure.

What You Need to Know:

• You must be qualified to periorm the procedure and be familiar with vector regulation.

• You should be familiar with the keypad/display. If you are not familiar with the keypad/display, refer to chapter 3, which describes it.

What You Need to Do:

• Complete all hardware installation as described in instruction manual D2-3324, which describes GV3000 hardware. This includes connecting input power, input transformers (if required), disconnects, fuses, the pulse tachometer, and the terminal strip on the drive.

• Record the following motor data from the motor nameplate for use during the procedure:

Motor rated amps: __ _ Motor rated volts: ---Motor base frequency: __ _

• Connect the drive to the motor and disconnect the motor from the load. Make sure the pulse tachometer is mounted to the motor and connected to the drive.

• Check that you have not been prevented from programming the drive. If the PASSWORD LED on the keypad is on, programming has been prevented in parameter P.051, Programming Disable. Refer to section 4.2 in this manual for the procedure to enable programming.

If You Have a Problem:

To Exit:

During most of the start-up procedure, you will be in program mode, which is used to program parameters. If you want to stop programming parameters, you can exit program mode. You can do this by pressing the PROGRAM key until the PROGRAM LED has turned off. This will place the drive in monitor mode, the default. You can read more about drive modes in chapter 3.

To Restore a Default Parameter Value after Writing over It:

If you enter the wrong value while programming parameters, you can restore the default if you have not yet pressed the ENTER key. To do so:

1. Press the PROGRAM key.

2. Press the ENTER key. The default value of the parameter will be displayed again. You can select it with ENTER or enter a new one and press ENTER.

To Restore All the Default Values to General (P) Parameters:

If you need to restore all the default values for General (P) parameters after programming them, you can do so using the Restore Defaults parameter (P.050).

Page 33: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

2.2 Start-Up Procedure {Vector)

This section describes the start-up procedure for drives set up for vector regulation. Before using this procedure, you should have read section 2.1 for information you need to know before working with the drive.

Step 1. Power Up the Drive

This step verifies that the drive powers up and passes the power-up diagnostics. After the drive passes the diagnostics, it automatically enters monitor mode with RPM displayed.

Turn power on.

Step 2. Select Program Mode

01~~ ~----~ ~ Forwar

-RPM DRUNNING ~ Revers D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS DJDG EJ~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM "Ji:iG D Kw • FDRI.IARD D TORQUE D REVERSE DPo.sswordDPRDGRAM [ ENTER j

[ START J if~~~~fj ~-~

The initial display will show SELF, with all monitor mode and status LEDs on, indicating the drive is performing power-up diagnostics.

After diagnostics are complete (5-6 seconds), the RPM LED is on and the drive is in monitor mode. This displayed value is zero RPM. You can move through the six items that can be accessed in monitor mode -RPM, Volts, Amps, Hz, Kw and, Torque - by pressing the ENTER key.

In this step, you will select program mode, which gives you access to the First Menu General (P) parameters.

Step 2.1 Press the PROGRAM key. [/=>.---1 ~~

IAuJOl Forwnr -RPM DRUNNING ~ Revers D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS DJDG EJ~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM "Ji:iG D Kw - FORI.IARD D TORQUE D REVERSE [ ] DPo.ssword-PROGRAM ENTER

(START) :f~~~~fj ~-~

The PROGRAM LED is on and the First Menu General (P) parameters can be accessed.

2-3

Page 34: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

2-4

Step 2.2 Press the ENTER key.

[JJ_oool ~~ r;Grnl Forwo.rc:I

-RPM DRUNNING ~ Revers D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS D JOG E:J OOUN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM "'JilG D Kw -FORw'ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE DPo.ssworc:1-PROGRAM [ ENTER J

,,___--1[ START) ;f~{f;'l;~fj

Step 3. Enter the Second Menu Password

The first General (P) parameter in the First Menu, P.000, is displayed.

This step is required to access the Second Menu General (P) parameters and Vector (U) parameters.

Step 3.1 Press the i key until P.006, Second Menu Password, is displayed.

Step 3.2 Press the ENTER key.

Step 3.3 Press the i key until the password 107 is displayed.

1°.00E, [Al[Tj r;Grnl F°'Ol""'WQ.l""d

-RPM DRUNNING ~ Revers D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS D JOG E:J ~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM "'JilG D Kw -FDRw'ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE D Po.ssworc:1- PROGRAM

-RPM DRUNNING D VOL TS D REMOTE

B ~~PS B ;~~o rROGRAM H ~~~ 1 D Kw -FORw'ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE [ l DPo.ssworc:1-PROGRAM ENTER

STOP RESET

-RPM DRUNNING D VOL TS D REMOTE ~-' ~-~

DAMPS D JOG E:J OOUN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM "'JilG D Kw -FORw'ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE D Po.ssworc:1- PROGRAM

This parameter allows you to enter the password that allows access to the Second Menu.

The Second Menu provides access to all parameters and the error log.

Zero is displayed.

NOTE: The password, and access to the Second Menu, will be retained if the drive loses and then regains power.

Page 35: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

Step 3.4 Press the ENTER key to save the password number. ol-10-'-~~ I • - D

IAUTD'l Forwnrol -RPM 0RUNNING ~ Revers 0 VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS D JOG EJ OOUN D Hz D AUTO PRDGRAH JOG D Kw - F"OR'w'ARD 0 TORQUE D REVERSE OPo.ssword-PRDGRAM [ ENTER J

,.__ _ __, [ ST A RT] ~f~~~~fj

Step 4. Program the Drive for Vector Regulation

After pressing ENTER, P.006 is displayed, indicating that the password was saved. You now have access to all parameters and the error log.

This step describes how to change parameter P.048 (Volts/Hertz or Vector Mode Select) to vector. When the value for vector regulation is entered (P.048 UEC), the drive will perform a diagnostic check. After the diagnostics, the drive is in monitor mode with RPM displayed.

Step 4.1 Press the t key until P.048, Volts/Hertz or Vector Mode Select, is displayed.

Step 4.2 Press the ENTER key.

Step 4.3 Press the t key to display UEC, vector regulation.

1.,0-uo [AJ[T] r. 1 L1 IAUTD'l Forwnrol

-RPM 0RUNNING ~ Reverse D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS D JOG EJ OOUN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM JOG 0 Kw - FDR'w'ARD 0 TORQUE D REVERSE D Po.ssword- PROGRAM

~ [ START] ~f~~~~fj

L/-J-/J l•][T) iAUTD'l Forwo.ra

-RPM 0RUNNING ~ Reverse D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS D JOG E::J ~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM JOG 0Kw -FOR'w'ARD DTORQUE DREVERSE DPo.ssword-PROGRAM [ENTER]

~ [START] ~fi!t~~fj

I UE[I~~ -RPM 0RUNNING ~ 0 VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS D JOG EJ OOUN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM JOG 0Kw -FDR'w'ARD 0 TORQUE D REVERSE DPo.ssword-PROGRAM [ENTER]

~ [ START] ~mft&ffj

The default setting for P.048 is volts/hertz regulation.

2-5

Page 36: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

2-6

Step 4.4 Press the ENTER key to save the setting.

Step 4.5 Note the display.

0 L-,LIO [•j[..-J I._ ILi r;Grol Forwo.rci

-RPM c::JRUNNING ~ Revers D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS D JOG E:J ~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM "'JiJG c::JKw -F"OR'w'ARD c::J TORQUE D REVERSE c::J Po.sswora- PROGRAM

r;Grol Forwo.rci -RPM -RUNNING~ Revers - VOL TS - REMOTE -AMPS -JOG E:J ~UN - Hz -AUTO PROGRAM "'JiJG -Kw -FOR'w'ARD - TORQUE - REVERSE - Po.sswora- PROGRAM

--- [ START I

r;Grol Forwo.rci -RPM c::]RUNNING ~ Revers 0 VOL TS c::J REMOTE

DAMPS D JOG [PROGRAM j [ RUN I c::J Hz c::J AUTO JOG c::]Kw -FDR'w'ARD D TORQUE c::J REVERSE c::]Po.ssworac::JPROGRAM l ENTER]

___ [ sTART J ~f~~~Ho

After pressing ENTER, the same parameter number is displayed, indicating that the setting was saved. You can now go to the next step.

After the regulation selection is changed, the drive will perform diagnostics and displays SELF, with all monitor mode and status LEDs on.

When the diagnostics are complete, the drive will exit program mode and go to monitor mode with RPM displayed.

Page 37: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

Step 5. Program First Menu General Parameters P.000 - P.005

This step describes how to change First Menu General (P) parameters P.000 through P.005.

P.000 selects where the drive is controlled from. This procedure assumes local control from the keypad (P.000 = LOCL), which is the default setting for the parameter.

Step 5.1 Press the PROGRAM key.

Step 5.2 Press the ENTER key to display the first parameter, P.000, Control Source Select.

Step 5.3 Press the i key to display P.001 , Accel Time 1 (RAMP 1 ).

Step 5.4 Press the ENTER key to display the default setting of P.001.

[P.---J ~~ -RPM DRUNNING ~ D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS DJDG B~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM JIJG D Kw - FDR.,.,ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE D Po.ssword- PROGRAM

~ (START] ~f~g1~?f!

CJ ]0 - ~~ ,-.L OL1 -RPM DRUNNING ~ D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS DJOG B~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM JIJG DKw -FDR"'ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE D Po.ssword- PROGRAM

~ (START] ~fag1~?f!

I ,0 .0011 ~~ -RPM DRUNNING ~ D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS DJDG E::)[ DIIN l D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM Taff D Kw - FOR"'ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE [ l DPo.ssword-PRDGRAM ENTER

~ [START] ~f~g1~?fj

120.0 I~~ -RPM DRUNNING ~ D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS DJOG B~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM JIJG D Kw - FDR.,.,ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE DPo.ssword-PROGRAM [ENTER]

'-----'[START] ~f~g1~Z:fj

You are now in program mode. The PROGRAM LED is on and the First Menu General (P) parameters can be accessed.

The default setting for P.000 is LOCL, or local control.

This parameter sets the acceleration time in seconds.

This displays the default setting for acceleration time (20.0 seconds).

2-7

Page 38: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

2-8

Step 5.5 Press the t key to increase acceleration time, or the J, key to decrease acceleration time.

Step 5.6 Press the ENTER key to save the changed value.

Step 5.7 Press the t key to display P.002, Decel Time 1 (RAMP 1).

Step 5.8 Press the ENTER key to display the default setting of P.002.

Step 5.9 Press the t key to increase deceleration time, or the J, key to decrease deceleration time.

t20.3 t20.2 t20.1

20.0 J, 19.9

I ,0 .0011 ~~

P.002 [•][Tl -RPM 0RUNNING ~ D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS D JOG rRDGRAM i l RUN I D Hz D AUTO JOG D Kw -FORl,,IARD 0 TORQUE D REVERSE DPo.ssword-PRDGRAM [ENTER]

~ [START] ~f~~~~fl

20.0 ~~ -RPM 0RUNNING ~ 0 VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS 0JDG ~~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM "Ji'iG DKw -FORl,,IARD D TORQUE D REVERSE [ l OPo.ssword-PRDGRAM ENTER

STOP RESET

t20.3

t20.2 t20.1

20.0 J, 19.9

The adjustment range is:

0.1 to 999.9 seconds.

VALUE ENTERED:! __ ~

After pressing ENTER, the same parameter number is displayed, indicating that the value was saved. You can now go to the next parameter.

This parameter sets the deceleration time in seconds. The default stop method is coast-to-stop, set in P.025.

This displays the default setting for deceleration time (20.0 seconds).

The adjustment range is:

0.1 to 999.9 seconds.

VALUE ENTERED: .__I __ ___.

Page 39: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

Step 5.1 O Press the ENTER key to save the changed value.

Step 5.11 Press the t key to display P.003, Minimum Speed.

DANGER

THE DRIVE IS CAPABLE OF OPERATING AT AND MAINTAINING ZERO SPEED. THE USER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ASSURING SAFE CONDITIONS FOR OPERATING PERSONNEL BY PROVIDING SUITABLE GUARDS, AUDIBLE OR VISUAL ALARMS, OR OTHER DEVICES TO INDICATE THAT THE DRIVE IS OPERATING OR MAY OPERATE AT OR NEAR ZERO SPEED. FAILURE TO OBSERVE THIS PRECAUTION COULD RESULT IN SEVERE BODILY INJURY OR LOSS OF LIFE.

Step 5.12 Press the ENTER key to display the default setting of P.003.

Step 5.13 Press the t key to increase minimum speed or .J... the key to decrease minimum speed.

P.002 l•H•I IAuTol Forwo."

-RPM 0RUNNING ~ Revers 0 VOL TS O REMOTE

DAMPS D JOG E::J oouN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM JOG 0 Kw - FDR'w'ARD 0 TORQUE D REVERSE 0 Po.ssword- PROGRAM

~ (START) ~f~~~%fj

P.003 l•l~ IAuTol Forwo.r

-RPM 0RUNNING ~ Revers 0 VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS D JOG E::J ~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM JOG 0 Kw - FOR'w'ARD 0 TORQUE D REVERSE D Po.ssword- PROGRAM

--- [ START] ~f~~~?fj

/SOI~~ IAuTol F orwo.r

-RPM 0RUNNING ~ Revers 0 VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS D JOG E::J ~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM JOG 0 Kw - FDR'w'ARD 0 TORQUE D REVERSE D Po.ssword- PROGRAM

--- (START) ~f~~~?fj

t153 t152

t151 150

.J...149

After pressing ENTER, the same parameter number is displayed, indicating that the value was saved. You can now go to the next parameter.

This parameter sets the minimum speed in RPM.

This displays the default setting for Minimum Speed, 150 RPM.

The adjustment range is:

Oto the value set for P.004 (Maximum Speed)

VALUE ENTERED: I __ _

2-9

Page 40: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

2-10

Step 5.14 Press the ENTER key to save the changed value.

Step 5.15 Press the t key to display P.004, Maximum Speed.

WARNING

THE USER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ENSURING THAT DRIVEN MACHINERY, ALL DRIVE-TRAIN MECHANISMS, AND PROCESS LINE MATERIAL ARE CAPABLE OF SAFE OPERATION AT THE MAXIMUM OPERATING SPEED OF THE DRIVE. FOR VECTOR REGULATION, OVERSPEED DETECTION IN THE DRIVE DETERMINES WHEN THE DRIVE SHUTS DOWN AND IS FACTORY SET TO 130% OF MAXIMUM SPEED. FAILURE TO OBSERVE THIS PRECAUTION COULD RESULT IN BODILY INJURY.

Step 5.16 Press the ENTER key to display the default setting of P.004.

Step 5.17 Press the t key to increase maximum speed or the J.. key to decrease maximum speed.

D i-,i-,=, [_.JI T j I • - - -' r;Gnjl Forwc,rci

-RPM DRUNNING ~ Revers D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS D JOG E::J ~UN DHz DAUTD PROGRAM "'JiJG D Kw - F"ORl.'ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE DPo.ssworcl-PRDGRAM [ ENTER J

,,___--1 [ ST ART) :f~~~~fj

0 OL7L' ~~ I • - - l iALJTDl F orwc,r

-RPM DRUNNING ~ Revers D VOL TS D REMOTE

C]AMPS DJOG EJ~UN C]Hz DAUTD PROGRAM JOG D Kw -FDRl.'ARD CJ TORQUE D REVERSE D Po.ssworcl- PROGRAM

Gsfr [ ST ART] ~f~~~~fj

I 11221 ~~ r;Gnjl F"orwo.rd

-RPM C]RUNNING ~ Reverse CJ VOL TS CJ REMOTE

DAMPS C]JDG ~ ~Ut-l D Hz CJ AUTO PROGRAM "'JiJG DKw -FDRl.'ARD D TORQUE CJ REVERSE CJ Possworcl- PROGRAM

~ [ START I :f~~~~fl

t 1725 t 1724 t 1723

1722

J.. 1721

After pressing ENTER, the same parameter number is displayed, indicating that the value was saved. You can now go to the next parameter.

This parameter sets the maximum allowed speed in RPM.

This displays the default setting for Maximum Speed. The default depends on the power module type. The display shown here is only an example.

The adjustment range is: O to Motor Top Speed (set in parameter U.017). Refer to Step 7 for parameter U.017.

VALUE ENTERED: ..._I __ __.

Page 41: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

Step 5.18 Press the ENTER key to save the changed value.

Step 5.19 Press the i or J., key until P.005, Current Limit, is displayed.

Step 5.20 Press the ENTER key to display the default setting of P.005.

Step 5.21 Press the J., key to decrease current limit percent. NOTE: Changing current limit rating affects the maximum attainable torque the motor can produce.

Step 5.22 Press the ENTER key to save the entered value.

P.OOL/ [•][T] iAUrnl Forwo.rd

-RPM DRUNNING ~ Revers D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS DJOG B ~UN D Hz D AUTO PRDGRAH "JliG D Kw - F"DR'w'ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE D Po.ssword- PROGRAM

P.005 l•l~ ~F'orwo.r

-RPM DRUNNING ~ Revers D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS DJOG EJ~UN D Hz D AUTO PRDGRAM JOG D Kw - FOR'w'ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE D Po.ssword- PROGRAM

--- [ START] ~f~~~~fj

/SOI~~ ~F'orwo.r

-RPM DRUNNING ~ Revers D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS DJOG EJ~UN D Hz D AUTO PRDGRAM "JliG D Kw - FDR'w'ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE D Po.ssword- PROGRAM

STOP REID [START]

150 J.,149

After pressing ENTER, the same parameter number is displayed, indicating that the value was saved. You can now go to the next step.

This parameter sets the stator current limit as a percentage of motor rated amps.

This display is the default setting for Current Limit, 150% of the value entered in U.004.

The adjustment range for current limit is:

The value set for U.006 (Magnetizing Current) to 150%.

VALUE ENTERED: ..... I __ __.

After pressing ENTER, the same parameter number is displayed, indicating that the value was saved. You can now move to the next parameter.

2-11

Page 42: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

2-12

Step 6. Program the Second Menu Vector (U) Parameters

This step describes how to program the Vector (U) parameters that apply to vector regulation only. You will not be adjusting any parameters for V/Hz regulation (H parameters) in this procedure.

Step 6.1 Press the PROGRAM key to return to the main menu level.

Step 6.2 Press the i key twice.

Step 6.3 Press the ENTER key to access the first Vector parameter, which is U.000, Torque Reference Source.

[,o_---J ~~ -RPM C]RUNNING ~ CJ VOL TS CJ REMOTE

C]AMPS CJ JOG B ~UN C]Hz C]AUTD PROGRAM J1JG C]Kw -FDRl,/ARD CJ TORQUE CJ REVERSE CJ Po.ssword- PROGRAM

..__ _ __, [ ST ART) :f~~~~fl

[Err [ ~~ ~Forwo.rci

-RPM C]RUNNING ~ Revers CJ VOL TS CJ REMOTE

DAMPS CJ JOG B ~ CJ Hz CJ AUTO PROGRAM ~~G CJ Kw -FDRl,/ARD CJ TORGIUE CJ REVERSE CJ Po.ssworcl- PROGRAM

[LI.---[~~ iAUnJ1 Forwo.rci

-RPM C]RUNNING ~ Rever"s CJ VOL TS CJ REMOTE

DAMPS C]JOG B~UN C]Hz CJAUTD PROGRAM "Jffif CJ Kw -FORl,/ARD CJ TORQUE CJ REVERSE CJ Po.sswor"cl- PROGRAM

~ [START) ~fr~~~fl

LI.ODO~~

The display will return to the First Menu General (P) parameters.

The error log (Err) is bypassed, then .....

... the Vector (U) parameter main menu is displayed.

This parameter specifies the source for the torque reference. The source can be the output of the speed loop (the default), the analog input, or the option port. This procedure assumes that the torque reference is taken from the speed loop.

Page 43: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

Step 6.4 Press the ENTER key to display the default setting of U.000.

Step 6.5 Press the i key to increase the value.

NOTE: If you are going to change the value for this parameter, see the description in Chapter 4.

Step 6.6 Press the ENTER key to save the displayed value.

Step 6.7 Press the i key to display U.001, Pulse Tach PPR.

WARNING

THE SETTING OF PARAMETERS U.001 (PULSE TACH PPR), U.002 (MOTOR POLES), U.003 (MOTOR NAMEPLATE BASE FREQUENCY), U.005 (MOTOR NAMEPLATE RPM), AND U.017 (MOTOR TOP SPEED) DETERMINES THE MOTOR MAXIMUM SPEED. THESE PARAMETERS MUST BE SET BY A QUALIFIED PERSON WHO UNDERSTANDS THE SIGNIFICANCE OF SETTING THEM ACCURATELY. FAILURE TO OBSERVE THIS PRECAUTION COULD RESULT IN BODILY INJURY.

01~~ ._ ____ __, rAUrn'l Forwo.f"I

-RPM DRUNNING ~ Re11ers D VOL TS D REMOTE DAMPS D JOG E:J oouN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM JOG D Kw - F"OR'w'ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE D Pe1ssword- PROGRAM

LI.ODO~~ rAUrn'l Forwo.r

-RPM DRUNNING ~ Re11ers D VOL TS D REMOTE DAMPS DJOG BOOUN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM JOG D Kw - FOR'w'ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE DPe1ssword-PROGRAM [ENTER]

:f~f~ffj

[LI.ODIi ~~ rAUrn'l Forwo.r

-RPM DRUNNING ~ Re11ers D VOL TS D REMOTE DAMPS DJOG BOOUN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM JOG D Kw - FDR'w'ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE D Pe1ssword- PROGRAM

~ (START) :f~f~ffj

This displays the default setting for the Torque Reference Source, which is o.

The adjustment options are:

o == Speed loop output (default setting)

1 == Terminal strip analog input

2 == Option port (AutoMax® Network option)

VALUE ENTERED: -1 ---

After pressing ENTER, the same parameter number is displayed, indicating that the value was saved. You can now go to the next parameter.

This parameter selects the number of pulses per revolution (PPR) of the tachometer.

NOTE: When the self-tuning procedure (Step 8) is performed, the value of this parameter is automatically set; however, if the pulse tachometer PPR is known, it should be entered now.

2-13

Page 44: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

2-14

Step 6.8 Press the ENTER key to display the default setting of U.001.

WARNING

DO NOT USE A 4096 PPR TACHOMETER WITH A 2-POLE MOTOR. OVERSPEED AND MOTOR DAMAGE CAN RESULT. FAILURE TO OBSERVE THIS PRECAUTION COULD RESULT IN BODILY INJURY.

Step. 6.9 Press the i key to increase the PPR, or the J, key to decrease the PPR.

Step 6.10 Press the ENTER key to save the changed value.

Step 6.11 Press the i key to display U.002, Motor Poles.

WARNING

THE SETTING OF PARAMETERS U.001 (PULSE TACH PPR), U.002 (MOTOR POLES}, U.003 (MOTOR NAMEPLATE BASE FREQUENCY}, U.005 (MOTOR NAMEPLATE RPM}, AND U.017 (MOTOR TOP SPEED} DETERMINES THE MOTOR MAXIMUM SPEED. THESE PARAMETERS MUST BE SET BY A QUALIFIED PERSON WHO UNDERSTANDS THE SIGNIFICANCE OF SETTING THEM ACCURATELY. FAILURE TO OBSERVE THIS PRECAUTION COULD RESULT IN BODILY INJURY.

I 102Lf[ ~~ r;Grnl F orwo.rcl

-RPM DRUNNING ~ Revers D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS D JOG E::J ~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM "'JiJG DKw -FORw'ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE DPo.ssword-PRDGRAM [ ENTER J

,,___--1[ START) :f~fA~~fj

LI.DOI ~~ r;Grnl F" orwo.rd

-RPM DRUNNING ~ ReveTs"' D VOL TS D REMOTE

8 ~~PS 8 iS~o rRDGRAM ][ 5~~ ] DKw -FORw'ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE [ l DPo.ssword-PRDGRAM ENTER

~-~ [ ST ART) :fafA~~fj

[U.002] ~~ r;Grnl F orwo.rd

-RPM DRUNNING ~ Revers D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS D JOG E::J ~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM "'JiJG DKw -FORw'ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE [ l DPo.ssword-PROGRAM ENTER

:ficfA~~Lo

This displays the default setting for Pulse Tach PPR, 1024 PPR.

Select one of the four values. See the description of U.001 in Chapter 4 for more information.

VALUE ENTERED: .__I __ ____.

After pressing ENTER, the same parameter is displayed, indicating that the value was saved. You can now move to the next parameter.

This parameter selects the number of poles in the motor. If the number of motor poles is not known, refer to Chapter 4.

Page 45: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

Step 6.12 Press the ENTER key to display the default setting of U.002.

WARNING

DO NOT USE A 4096 PPR TACHOMETER WITH A 2-POLE MOTOR. OVERSPEED AND MOTOR DAMAGE CAN RESULT. FAILURE TO OBSERVE THIS PRECAUTION COULD RESULT IN BODILY INJURY.

Step 6.13 Press the i key to increase the selection, or the .J,. key to decrease the selection.

Step 6.14 Press the ENTER key to save the changed value.

Step 6.15 Press the i key to display U.003, Motor Nameplate Base Frequency.

WARNING

THE SETTING OF PARAMETERS U.001 (PULSE TACH PPR), U.002 (MOTOR POLES), U.003 (MOTOR NAMEPLATE BASE FREQUENCY), U.005 (MOTOR NAMEPLATE RPM), AND U.017 (MOTOR TOP SPEED) DETERMINES THE MOTOR MAXIMUM SPEED. THESE PARAMETERS MUST BE SET BY A QUALIFIED PERSON WHO UNDERSTANDS THE SIGNIFICANCE OF SETTING THEM ACCURATELY. FAILURE TO OBSERVE THIS PRECAUTION COULD RESULT IN BODILY INJURY.

L/J~~ ._ ____ __, fAUrnl Forwnf"I

-RPM 0RUNNING ~ Re11ers 0 VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS D JOG E::J oouN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM "'JEiG" 0 Kw - F"OR'w'ARD 0 TORQUE D REVERSE D PQssword- PROGRAM

'---__/(START) ~f~~~~E

is 16

4 .J,.2

[u.0021 ~~ -RPM 0RUNNING ~ 0 VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS D JOG E::J oouN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM "'JEiG" 0 Kw - FOR'w'ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE D PQssword- PROGRAM

'---__/[START) ~f~~~~E

[U.0031 ~~ fAUrnl Forwo.r

-RPM 0RUNNING ~ Re11ers 0 VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS D JOG E::J OOUN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM "'JEiG" 0 Kw - FOR'w'ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE [ I DPQssword-PROGRAM ENTER

:wt~fE

This shows that the default setting for Motor Poles is 4 (4 poles) .

The adjustment options are: 2 = 2 poles 4 = 4 poles (default) 6 = 6 poles

8 = 8 poles

VALUE ENTERED: .._I __ .....,

After pressing ENTER, the same parameter is displayed, indicating that the value was saved. You can now move to the next parameter.

This parameter is the Motor Nameplate Base Frequency and is taken from the motor nameplate.

2-15

Page 46: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

2-16

Step 6.16 Press the ENTER key to display the default setting of U.003.

Step. 6.17 Press the i key to increase the motor nameplate base frequency or the -1.. key to decrease motor nameplate base frequency.

Step 6.18 Press the ENTER key to save the changed value.

Step 6.19 Press the i key to display U.004, Motor Nameplate Amps.

CAUTION: This parameter setting must not exceed the rated amps found on the motor nameplate. Overcurrent or excess heating of the motor could result if this is not the case. Failure to observe this precaution could result in damage to, or destruction of, the equipment.

Step 6.20 Press the ENTER key to display the default setting of U.004.

I so.o[ ~~ r;Grnl F orwo.rd

-RPM DRUNNING ~ Revers D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS D JOG E:J OOUN DHz DAUTO PROGRAM "'JfiG D Kw - F"OR\,/ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE D Po.ssworcl- PROGRAM

,,___--1 [ ST ART) ~f~~~~fj

i63 i62 i61

60 -l,59

[Ll.003[ ~~ r;Grnl F'orwa.rd

-RPM DRUNNING ~ Rever,a D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS D JOG E:J OOUN DHz DAUTO PROGRAM "'JfiG D Kw -FOR\,/ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE [ l DPo.ssworcl-PROGRAM ENTER

,,,_ _ __,. [ ST ART) ~f~~'r~~fj

LI.OOL/ ~~ r;Grnl F orwo.rol

-RPM DRUNNING ~ Rever,a D VOL TS D REMOTE

B ~~PS B tS~o rRDGRAM ][ ~~~ I D Kw -FOR\,/ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE [ l DPo.,asworcl-PROGRAM ENTER

~ [ ST ART) ~f~~~~E

This shows that the default setting is 60.0 Hz.

The adjustment range is:

30.0 Hz to 120.0 Hz

VALUE ENTERED:,___ __ __.

After pressing ENTER, the same parameter is displayed, indicating that the value was saved. You can now move to the next parameter.

This parameter is the Motor Nameplate Rated Amps and is taken from the motor nameplate.

This displays the Motor Nameplate Amps setting. The default depends on the HP rating of the power module. The display shown here is only an example.

Page 47: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

Step. 6.21 Press the i key to increase the motor nameplate amps or the J.. key to decrease the motor nameplate amps.

Step 6.22 Press the ENTER key to save the changed value.

Step 6.23 Press the i key to display U.005, Motor Nameplate RPM.

WARNING

THE SETTING OF PARAMETERS U.001 (PULSE TACH PPR), U.002 (MOTOR POLES), U.003 (MOTOR NAMEPLATE BASE FREQUENCY}, U.005 (MOTOR NAMEPLATE RPM), AND U.017 (MOTOR TOP SPEED) DETERMINES THE MOTOR MAXIMUM SPEED. THESE PARAMETERS MUST BE SET BY A QUALIFIED PERSON WHO UNDERSTANDS THE SIGNIFICANCE OF SETTING THEM ACCURATELY. FAILURE TO OBSERVE THIS PRECAUTION COULD RESULT IN BODILY INJURY.

Step 6.24 Press the ENTER key to display the default setting of U.005.

i 7.4 i 7.3 i 7.2

7.1 J.. 7.0

LI.ODS -RPM DRUNNING DVDLTS DREMDTE

~~ ~

DAMPS DJOG ~~ DHz D AUTO PROGRAM JOG

DKw -FOR'w'ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE D Pnssword- PROGRAM

(START) m-~~~E

,, , , ICC ~~

-RPM DRUNN!NG DVDLTS DREMDTE DAMPS

DJOG E::]~ DHz D AUTO PROGRAM JOG DKw -F"DR'w'ARD CJ TORQUE CJ REVERSE

[ENTER] D Pnssword- PROGRAM

:f~~~~fj

The minimum and maximum allowed adjustment range for this value depends on the power module HP rating.

VALUE ENTERED: 1------. After pressing ENTER, the same parameter is displayed, indicating that the value was saved. You can now move to the next parameter.

This parameter is the Motor Nameplate RPM and is taken from the motor nameplate.

This displays the Motor Nameplate RPM setting. The default depends on the HP rating of the power module. The display shown here is only an example.

2-17

Page 48: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

2-18

Step 6.25 Press the i key to increase the motor nameplate RPM or the -l,. key to decrease the motor nameplate RPM.

Step 6.26 Press the ENTER key to save the changed value.

Step 6.27 Press the I key to display U.006, Motor Magnetizing Current.

CAUTION: If this parameter is set in­correctly, overcurrent or excess heat­ing of the motor could result. Failure to observe this precaution could result in damage to, or destruction of, the equipment.

Step 6.28 Press the I key to display U.007, Motor Nameplate Volts.

Step 6.29 Press the ENTER key to display the default setting of U.007.

11725 11724 11723

1722 t 1721

Ll.005 ~~ 0RPM C]RUNNING ~ [~~s::t;;~] CJ VOL TS CJ REMOTE

C]AMPS C]JOG B~UN CJ Hz CJ AUTO PROGRAM "JiiG C]Kw C]FORl.'ARD CJ TORQUE CJ REVERSE [ l C]Po.ssworolC]PRDGRAM ENTER

~-~[START) :f~i,A/k5~fj

LI.ODE, ~~ IALITDl F orwo.rd

-RPM C]RUNNING ~ Revers CJ VOL TS CJ REMOTE

C]AMPS C]JOG B~UN CJ Hz CJ AUTO PROGRAM "JiiG C]Kw -FORl.'ARD CJ TORGIUE CJ REVERSE [ l C]Po.ssworol-PRDGRAM ENTER

___ [ sT ART J ~f~i,A/k5Ho

[Ll.007[ ~~ IALITDl F orwo.rd

-RPM C]RUNNING ~ Revers CJ VOL TS CJ REMOTE

DAMPS C]JOG B~UN CJ Hz CJ AUTO PROGRAM "JiiG CJ Kw -FORl.'ARD CJ TDRGIUE CJ REVERSE C]Po.ssworol-PROGRAM [ENTER]

m_~i,A!'JHo

'-160[ [•J[T] IALITDl Forwo.rd

-RPM C]RUNNING ~ Revers CJ VOL TS CJ REMOTE

C]AMPS C]JOG B~UN CJ Hz CJ AUTO PROGRAM "JiiG CJ Kw -FORl.'ARD CJ TORQUE CJ REVERSE CJ Po.ssworol- PROGRAM

~ [START) :f~i,A~~fj

The adjustment range for this value depends on the settings of U.002 (Motor Poles) and U .003 (Motor Nameplate Base Frequency).

VALUE ENTERED: I __ _

After pressing ENTER, the same parameter is displayed, indicating that the value was saved. You can now move to the next parameter.

This parameter is the percent of magnetizing current with respect to motor rated amps. NOTE: When the vector regulation self-tuning procedure is performed (Step 8), the value of this parameter is automatically calculated. You do not need to enter a value now.

This parameter is the Motor Nameplate Volts and is taken from the motor nameplate.

This displays the default setting for the Motor Nameplate Volts. The default setting depends on the drive rating and is factory set. The display shown here is only an example.

Page 49: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

Step 6.30 Press the t key or the .J, key to increase or decrease the motor nameplate volts.

Step 6.31 Press the ENTER key to save the displayed value.

t461 460

.J,459

[U.007[ ~~ IAuTOl Forwa.r,

-RPM DRUNNING ~ Revers D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS DJOG B~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM JOG DKw -FDRl.'ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE [ ] DPo.ssword-PROGRAM ENTER

[START) ~f~~~~fj ~-~

Step 7. Setting the Motor Top Speed

The adjustment range is:

180 to 690 Volts

VALUE ENTERED: _I ----

After pressing ENTER, the same parameter is displayed, indicating that the value was saved. You can now move to the next parameter.

This step sets the Motor Top Speed (U.017) in RPM. For applications that do not support field weakening, Motor Top Speed must be equal to U.005 (Motor Nameplate RPM). For applications that do support field weakening, this is the maximum field-weakened speed.

Step 7.1 Press the i key until U.017 is displayed.

Step 7 .2 Press the ENTER key to display the default setting of U.017.

[L/.0/7[ ~~ IAuTOl Forwo.r

-RPM DRUNNING ~ Revers D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS DJOG B~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM JOG D Kw - FDRl.'ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE D Po.ssword- PROGRAM

~ [START] ~fgf~?fj

I 11221 ~~ IAuTOl Forwo.r

-RPM DRUNNING ~ Revers D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS DJOG BOOUN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM JOG D Kw - FDRl.'ARD 0 TORQUE D REVERSE D Po.ssword- PROGRAM

This parameter is the Motor Top Speed in RPM.

This displays the default setting for the Motor Top Speed. The actual setting depends on the power module HP type. The display shown here is only an example.

I

2-19

Page 50: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

2-20

Step 7.3 Check the value entered for Step 6.25 (U.005, Motor Nameplate RPM). If the application does not support field weakening, U.005 and U.017 must be the same. If the application does support field weakening, the value can be set higher. Press the i or J, key until the value is set appropriately

Step 7.4 Press the ENTER key to save the displayed value. [ L/.0/7 [ ~~

iAlJTIJI Forwo.ra -RPM 0RUNNING ~ Revers CJ VOL TS CJ REMOTE

CJ AMPS 0JDG ~~UN CJ Hz CJ AUTO PROGRAM JOG C]Kw -FORl,IARD CJ TORQUE CJ REVERSE [ l C]Po.ssword-PRDGRAM ENTER

~ [ START] :f~rf~~E

Step 8. Perform Vector Regulator Self-Tuning

The adjustment range is:

The value set for U.005 to (Maximum value depends on settings of U.002 and U.003)

VALUE ENTERED: _I ---

After pressing ENTER, the same parameter number is displayed, indicating that the value was saved. You can now go the the next step.

Before performing the self-tuning procedure, you should have performed steps 1-7 above and adjusted all the parameters as described. Note that U.016 may also need to be set if your application requires field weakening.

DANGER

THE MOTOR WILL ROTATE DURING THE SELF-TUNING PROCEDURE. STAY CLEAR OF ROTATING MACHINERY. FAILURE TO OBSERVE THIS PRECAUTION COULD RESULT IN SEVERE BODILY INJURY OR LOSS OF LIFE.

CAUTION: The motor must be uncoupled from the driven load during the self-tuning operation or incorrect parameter values will result. This includes any shaft-coupled devices, such as reducers, belts, and brakes. Failure to observe this precaution could result in damage to, or destruction of, the equipment.

NOTE: Self-tuning can only be performed on motors with a base frequency (U.003, Step 6.17) less than or equal to 60 Hz.

This step describes how to start the vector regulator self-tuning procedure. This procedure is enabled by setting parameter U.008, Torque Self-Tune Enable, to ON. Self-tuning is performed by the drive and determines the proper no load current value for parameter U.006 and the pulse tach PPR value for parameter U.001. These values must be accurate to ensure that rated motor torque, speed, and horsepower can be developed for drives set up for vector regulation.

Verify the following before starting the self-tuning procedure:

1. Verify that the motor is unloaded.

2. The drive must not be running. If the RUNNING LED is on, press the STOP/RESET key.

3. There must be no faults in the error log. If a fault is flashing on the display, refer to Chapter 5 for instructions on clearing the errors.

Page 51: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

How to Interrupt the Self-Tuning Procedure:

If the procedure is enabled only but not active (S-En is displayed), set U.008 to OFF.

If the procedure is active (S-Ac is displayed), press the STOP/RESET key.

What Happens if a Fault Occurs During Self-Tuning?

1 . If the drive stops due to a fault, the motor will coast to stop. A self-tuning fault code (SF) will be displayed and must be cleared. Refer to Chapter 5 for more information.

2. Once the drive is stopped, parameter U.008 will be reset to OFF and the self-tuning procedure will be completed. The results are stored in U.009, Torque Self-Tune Result.

Step 8.1 Press the J.. key to display U.008, Torque Self-Tune Enable.

Step 8.2 Press the ENTER key.

Step 8.3 Press the t key to enable the self-tuning procedure.

Step 8.4 Press the ENTER key.

LI.DOB [•l~

n7cc [•]["Y] L / / -RPM O RUNNING D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS DJDG B~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM JOG 0 Kw - FDR'w'ARD 0 TORQUE D REVERSE [ ] 0Po.ssword-PRDGRAM ENTER

'------'[START) ~f~~~?E

Onl~~ ~----~ IAuTij"l Forwc,r

-RPM 0RUNNING ~ Re11ers D VOL TS D REMOTE

C]AMPS DJDG B~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM JOG 0 Kw - FDR'w'ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE [ l 0Po.ssword-PRDGRAM ENTER

~f~~~?E

-RPM O RUNNING 0 VOL TS CJ REMOTE '--__., '--__,

8 ~~Ps 8 ~B~o [PROGRAM] [ ~~~ ]

D Kw - FDR'w'ARD CJ TORQUE D REVERSE [ l DPo.ssword-PRDGRAM ENTER

~f~~~?fj

Parameter U .008 is displayed.

The default setting of OFF is displayed.

On is displayed.

After pressing ENTER, the same parameter is displayed, indicating that the change was saved. You can now go to the next step.

2-21

Page 52: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

2-22

Step 8.5 Press the PROGRAM key twice to exit program mode.

Step 8.6 Press the START key to begin the self-tuning procedure.

DANGER

THE MOTOR WILL ROTATE DURING THE SELF-TUNING PROCEDURE. STAY CLEAR OF ROTATING MACHINERY. FAILURE TO OBSERVE THIS PRECAUTION COULD RESULT IN SEVERE BODILY INJURY OR LOSS OF LIFE.

Step 8.7 Self-tuning is now completed. Successful completion of self-tuning should result in a zero in U.009 and no codes displayed. If SF is displayed, view parameter U.009 for a specific fault code.

S-f,1 [Aj['Y] r;Grol Forwo.rcl

-RPM DRUNNING ~ Revers D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS D JOG E:J ~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM "JiJG DKw -FOR\o/ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE DPo.ssworaDPRDGRAM [ ENTER J

'-----1 [ ST ART ) ~f~;f:;~fj

5-/=tc [•II,., I r;Grol Forwo.rcl

-RPM -RUNNING~ Revers D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS D JOG E:J ~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM JOG DKw -FOR\o/ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE DPo.ssworaDPROGRAM (ENTER]

[ ST ART] ~f~;f:;~fj ---

(fjcw

01~~ -'--R-PM--D-RU-NN_.,ING ~ D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS D JOG E:J ~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM "JiJG DKw -FOR\o/ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE DPo.ssworaDPROGRAM [ENTER]

[ START] ~f~;f:;~1/j ---

The display flashes S-En. This reminds you that the self-tuning procedure is enabled.

The display flashes S-Ac, indicating that the self-tuning procedure is active.

This procedure takes a few minutes. S-Ac flashes on the display until the procedure is complete.

The motor should be rotating in the counter-clockwise (CCW) direction when viewed from the driven motor shaft end.

When self-tuning is complete, the motor will ramp to a stop, and the drive will return to monitor mode with RPM displayed.

The following parameters will be updated based on the self-tuning results:

• U.001 - Pulse Tach PPR

• U.006 - Magnetizing Current

• U.008 - Torque Self-Tune Enable (reset to OFF)

• U.009 - Torque Self-Tune Result

Page 53: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

Step 8.8 Press the PROGRAM key to go back into program mode.

Step 9. Return to Monitor Mode

[U.---[ ~~ IAuTol Forwt1"

-RPM 0RUNNING ~ Revers 0 VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS D JOG B OOUN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM JOG 0 Kw - FDR'w'ARD 0 TORQUE D REVERSE 0 Po.ssword- PROGRAM

'---__/(START) :f~~~%fj

The display returns to the Vector (U) parameter main menu.

This step describes how to exit program mode and return to the monitor mode.

Step 9.1 The display should now show the last parameter accessed in Step 8, U.009.

Step 9.2 Press the PROGRAM key twice to exit the program mode.

U.009 ~~ -RPM 0RUNNING ~ D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS D JOG B ~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM JOG 0Kw -FDR'w'ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE DPo.ssword-PROGRAM [ENTER]

~ ( START I ~fr~~Z:fj

01~~ -'-R-PM--0-R-UN_N_,ING ~ D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS DJOG B~UN D Hz D AUTD PROGRAM JOG 0Kw -FDR'w'ARD 0 TORQUE D REVERSE DPo.sswordOPROGRAM [ENTER]

[START] ~f~~~?fj '--~

The drive returns to monitor mode with RPM displayed. The PROGRAM LED is off and the RPM LED is on.

2-23

Page 54: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

2-24

DANGER

THE SUBSEQUENT STEPS REQUIRE ROTATING PARTS AND/OR ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS TO BE EXPOSED. STAY CLEAR IF THE DRIVE MUST BE RUNNING, OR DISCONNECT AND LOCK OUT OR TAG POWER SOURCE IF CONTACT MUST BE MADE. FAILURE TO OBSERVE THIS PRECAUTION COULD RESULT IN SEVERE BODILY INJURY OR LOSS OF LIFE.

NOTE: The stop input on the terminal stop is not active when the Control Source Select parameter (P.000) = LOCL, as it does during this start-up procedure. Use the STOP/RESET key if you need to stop the drive.

Step 1 O. Check Motor Rotation Direction

This step involves starting the drive and checking that the motor rotates in the correct direction.

Step 10.1 Press the START key.

Step 10.2 Visually check that the motor rotates counter-clock­wise (CCW) when viewed from the driven motor shaft end.

Step 10.3 • If the rotation direction is

NOT correct, press the STOP/RESET key and continue with Step 10.4.

• If the rotation direction is correct, continue with Step 11.

Step 10.4 Turn off and lock out or tag power to the drive.

Step 10.5 Verify that the D-C bus capacitors are discharged. Refer to instruction manual D2-3324 for this procedure.

/SOI~~ IAUTDl Forwo.r

-RPM -RUNNING ~ Revers D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS D JDG ~ ~UN D Hz O AUTO PROGRAM Taif 0Kw -FDR'w'ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE D PnsswordD PROGRAM [ ENTER ]

if~r~fE

YQCW

01~~ '--------' IAUTDl Forwar

-RPM 0RUNNING ~ Revers D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS D JOG ~ ~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM TaG 0 Kw - FDR'w'ARD 0 TORQUE D REVERSE DPnsswordOPROGRAM [ENTER]

:f~r~fE

The drive is now in run mode and monitor mode and the RPM, RUNNING, and FORWARD LEDs are on. The drive should be running at minimum speed. The sample display shows 150 RPM.

When the STOP/RESET key is pressed, the RUNNING LED goes out, and the display returns to RPM display mode.

Page 55: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

Step 10.6 Switch any two of the motor leads (U,V, or W).

Step 10.7 Turn power on, and press the START key. Repeat Step 10.2.

Step 10.8 To make sure the drive is not inadvertently started, turn off and lock out or tag power to the drive and then connect the motor to the load.

Step 11. Running the Drive

This step describes how to increase the speed reference across the speed range and check for proper motor operation. This step assumes that P.000 is set to LOCL (control is local).

Step 11 .1 Press the START key.

Step 11 .2 Press the i or J, key once. All monitor mode LEDs will turn off. Increase the speed reference to the maximum value by using the i or J, keys.

Wait five seconds or press the ENTER key. This will set the speed reference.

01~~ -~R-PM ____ RU-NN~ING ~

0 VOL TS D REMOTE a ~~PS a t~~o rROGRAM 1 r ~~~

1 0 Kw - FDRIJARD 0 TORQUE D REVERSE DPo.sswordOPRDGRAM [ENTER]

~-~( START] :f~~~?fj

I 11221 ~~ IAuml F°Or"\1110.r"

0RPM -RUNNING ~ Rivers 0 VOL TS O REMOTE

DAMPS DJDG B~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM JiJG DKw -FDRIJARD 0 TORQUE D REVERSE 0 Po.sswordO PROGRAM

,_ _ __,[ sTART J :wt~z:E

-RPM -RUNNING D VOL TS D REMOTE ~~~~

B ~~PS B t~~o [PROGRAM I [ ~~~ l 0 Kw - FORIJARD D TORQUE D REVERSE 0 Po.sswordO PROGRAM

The drive is now in run mode and monitor mode.

This increases the drive speed setpoint and the motor will rotate up to maximum speed.

The monitor mode LEDs turn off when the reference is changed.

The display now shows the actual drive speed. Your speed display may be different.

2-25

Page 56: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

2-26

Step 11.3 Press the ENTER key to move to the VOL TS display.

Step 11 .4 Press the ENTER key to move to the AMPS display.

Step 11 .5 Press the ENTER key to move to the Hz display.

Step 11.6 Press the STOP/RESET key.

'-IGOI ~~ r;Grol Forwo.rd

CJRPM -RUNNING~ Revers - VOL TS CJ REMOTE CJ AMPS CJ JOG E:J ~UN CJ Hz CJ AUTO PROGRAM "JiJG CJ Kw -FOR\o/ARD CJ TORQUE CJ REVERSE CJ Po.sswordCJ PROGRAM

2.GI [•][Tj r;Grol Forwo.rd

CJRPM -RUNNING~ Revers CJ VOL TS CJ REMOTE

-AMPS CJ JOG E:J ~UN CJ Hz CJ AUTO PROGRAM "JiJG CJ Kw -FOR\o/ARD CJ TORQUE CJ REVERSE CJ Password CJ PROGRAM

--- [START]

I GO.DI~~ r;Grol Forwo.rd

CJRPM -RUNNING~ Revers CJ VOL TS CJ REMOTE

CJ AMPS CJ JOG E:J ~UN - Hz CJ AUTO PROGRAM "JiJG CJ Kw -FOR\o/ARD CJ TORQUE CJ REVERSE CJ Password CJ PROGRAM

~ [ START]

01~~ -----~ r;Gnil Forwo.rd

-RPM CJRUNNING ~ Revers - VOL TS CJ REMOTE -AMPS CJ JOG E:J ~UN - Hz CJ AUTO PROGRAM JOG -Kw CJFOR\o/ARD - TORQUE CJ REVERSE CJ Password CJ PROGRAM

STOP RESET

This sample display shows the output volts at maximum speed. Your actual reading may be different.

VALUE READ: _I ---

This sample display shows the output amps at maximum speed. Your actual reading may be different.

VALUE READ: .._I __ __,

This sample display shows the hertz value corresponding to the value set into P.004, Maximum Speed. Your actual reading may be different.

VALUE READ: _I ---

The driven motor should stop as programmed in P.025, Stop Mode.

Page 57: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

Step 12. Tuning the Speed Regulator

Tuning the speed regulator consists of adjusting the speed regulator proportional and integral gain values according to the application. The speed regulator uses these values to calculate the drive's response to a change in speed reference and to changes in load or other factors in the driven system. This procedure may or may not be required.

Step 12.1 Turn off and lock out or tag input power to the drive.

Step 12.2 Connect the application load to the motor.

Step 12.3 Turn power on.

Step 12.4 Press the START key.

Step 12.5 Press the PROGRAM key to enter program mode.

Step 12.6 Press the i key until U.- - - is displayed.

Step 12. 7 Press the i key until U.012 is displayed. This parameter sets speed regulator proportional gain.

Step 12.8 Press the ENTER key when the value is acceptable.

[P.---J ~~

[U.---J ~~ IAuml For1¥0.rti

-RPM 0RUNNING ~ Revers D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS D JOG B [][JUN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM "Ji:iG DKw •FDR'w'ARD 0 TORQUE D REVERSE D Po.ssword- PROGRAM [ ENTER ]

;f~f-1~.fE

[U.0/2[ ~~

The PROGRAM LED is on and the First Menu General (P) parameter main menu is displayed.

The error log (Err) is bypassed, then the Vector (U) parameter main menu is displayed.

Larger proportional gain values result in faster response, but may result in less stability. If the drive overshoots the speed reference when changes to the reference are made, or if the drive "hunts" or is unstable, reduce the value.

2-27

Page 58: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

2-28

Step 12.9 Press the i key until U.013, Speed Regulator Integral Gain, is displayed.

Step 12.10 Press the ENTER key when the value is acceptable.

Step 12.11 Continue adjusting until the proper operation is achieved.

[ Ll.013[ ~~ IAlJICil Forwo.r

-RPM 0RUNNING ~ Revers 0 VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS c:JJOG ~~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM "JfiG c:]Kw -FDR'w'ARD D TORQUE D REVERSE [ I c:JPcisswora-PRDGRAM ENTER

~ [START] m-~ff&?f'j

This parameter should not normally need adjusting. High inertia loads may require adjusting this parameter. Larger integral gain values may require adjusting this parameter. Larger integral gain values may result in faster response, but may result in less stability. If the drive overloads the speed reference when changes to the reference are made, or if the drive "hunts" or is unstable, reduce the value.

This is the end of the basic vector start-up procedure. To configure the remaining parameters according to the specific application, refer to Chapter 4.

Recall that the Control Source Select parameter (P.000) was set to LOCL in this start-up procedure. If you need to operate the drive from a different control source, you will need to change the setting in parameter P.000.

Page 59: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

3.0 MONITORING, PROGRAMMING, AND CONTROLLING THE DRIVE WITH THE KEYPAD/DISPLAY The keypad portion of the keypad/display is used to operate the drive. See figure 3.1. Four control modes are accessible to the user:

• monitor mode: the default mode; lets you monitor specific drive outputs, as well as enter the speed or frequency reference for the drive

• program mode: lets you set and adjust drive parameter values

• run mode: lets you run the drive; monitor or program mode is accessible at the same time

• jog mode: lets you jog the drive; monitor or program mode is accessible at the same time

These four control modes are described in detail in the following sections. The display and LEDs are described later in this chapter.

DRIVE STATUS LEDS 1. Indicates the present drive status.

DISPLAY

STOP /R KEY

1. Always stops the drive.

KEYPAD

1. Applies power to the motor in RUN or JOG mode if P.000 = LOCL.

PASSWORD LED 2. Always resets faults if cause has been corrected.

1. When this LED is on, parameters cannot be modified from the keypad without entering the correct password into P.051 (Programming Disable).

Figure 3.1 - Keypad/Display

3-1

Page 60: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

3-2

3.1 Monitor Mode

Monitor mode is the default mode during drive operation. See figure 3.2. When the drive is under power, the display will contain numeric information about the system. The value being displayed is indicated by the monitor mode LED. See section 3.8 for more information. The following output data can be displayed, one at a time. This information represents actual readings.

• RPM

• VOLTS

• AMPS

• Hz

• Kw

• TORQUE (vector regulation only)

One of 6 LEDs are on

Displays value (RPM, VOLTS, etc.) based on selected monitor mode LED.

I I 7J 1•11~1 -RPM -RUNNING ~ 0 VOL TS O REMOTE

DAMPS D JOG E:J OOUN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM Ji5G 0Kw -FDRw'ARD 0 TORQUE D REVERSE D Po.ssworo1D PROGRAM

~ [ START] RELIANCEfj ELECTRIC

If the PROGRAM LED is on, you cannot monitor; press PROGRAM twice to enter monitor mode.

Figure 3.2 - Example of a Monitor Mode Display

Displaying the Speed Reference

In addition to the above listed values, you can also display the speed reference (speed or frequency) provided by the control source selected in parameter P.000. Follow these steps to display the speed reference:

Step 1. If you are not already in monitor mode, access it by pressing the PROGRAM key until the PROGRAM LED turns off.

Step 2. Press the ENTER key repeatedly to move through all of the monitor mode display LEDs listed above. All of the monitor mode LEDs will then go on at once.

The speed reference will be displayed on the seven-segment LEDs. If the speed reference is positive, all six monitor mode LEDs will be on. If the speed reference is negative, the RPM LED will be off and the other five monitor mode LEDs will be on.

Entering the Speed Reference if the Control Source (P.000) is LOCL

If the Control Source Select parameter (P.000) is set to LOCL, you must enter the speed reference in monitor mode. You can change the speed reference at any time while in monitor mode.

If the drive is set up for vector regulation, you will enter the speed reference in RPM.

If the drive is set up for V/Hz regulation, you will enter the speed reference in hertz.

Page 61: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

Follow these steps to enter the speed reference:

Step 1. From monitor mode, press the UP ARROW key or the DOWN ARROW key once. The monitor mode LEDs will all turn off, and the current speed reference value will be displayed.

Step 2. Press the UP ARROW key or the DOWN ARROW key to change the displayed value to the desired speed reference.

Step 3. Press the ENTER key or wait approximately 5 seconds without pressing the UP ARROW or DOWN ARROW keys. The new reference value will be saved and the display will return to monitor mode.

3.2 Program Mode

When the PROGRAM key is pressed, the drive is placed into program mode, which allows you to display and modify drive parameter values. See figure 3.3. This can be done while the drive is running or stopped. When in program mode, the following can be displayed:

• Parameter numbers

• Parameter values

• Error log information

When the PROGRAM key is pressed, the PROGRAM LED will turn on and the first parameter (P.000) will be displayed. If the Programming Disable parameter (P.051) has been set to prevent parameter modification from the keypad, the PASSWORD LED will also be on. In this case, before any parameter values can be modified, the operator will have to access parameter P.051 and enter the password to enable programming. When programming has been enabled, the PASSWORD LED will turn off.

The user can display and change any First Menu parameter, up to P.006, without a password. The user must enter a password into parameter P.006 (Second Menu Password) in order to examine or change any of the Second Menu parameters.

Note that the values of configurable parameters can be changed only when the drive is stopped. The values of tunable parameters can be changed when the drive is running or stopped. Refer to Chapter 4 in this maual for more information on parameters and programming.

Display shows menu selections: [P. - - -] ~~ P. H. (if P.048 U.--- (if P.048 or Err (Error Log)

V/Hz) Vector)

IALJTDl Forwo.rd -RPM 0RUNNING ~ Reverse D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS DJDG E:J~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM JiJG 0Kw -FDR'w'ARD D TORQUE O REVERSE [ l D Po.ssword• PROGRAM ENTER

RE'LIANCE'fj ELECTRIC

PROGRAM LED 1s on

Figure 3.3 - Example of a Program Mode Display

3-3

Page 62: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

3-4

3.3 Run Mode

The RUN/JOG input from the selected control source is used to enable either run mode or jog mode. See figure 3.4. To enable run mode in local control, press the RUN/JOG key, which turns off the JOG drive status LED. Then press the START key to enter run mode. The RUNNING LED will turn on to indicate that the drive is in run mode.

The drive can be in run mode and either monitor or program mode at the same time. While the drive is in run mode, if the operator presses the UP ARROW or DOWN ARROW key, the drive is placed into monitor mode where the operator can monitor VOLTS, AMPS, etc., while the drive is running.

If the operator presses the PROGRAM key, the drive is placed into program mode, where the operator can change parameter values. Note that only tunable parameter values can be changed while the drive is running.

3.4 Jog Mode

Can monitor while running

I 6 O.OI ~~ Forwo.rd

0RPM -RUNNING Reverse 0 VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS D JOG E:3 ~UN - Hz D AUTO PROGRAM JOG 0Kw -FDR\JARD D TORQUE D REVERSE 0 Po.sswordc::J PROGRAM

R£LIANC£ l!!D £L£CTRICILJ

Figure 3.4 - Example of a Run Mode Display

To enable jog mode, the operator must assert the RUN/JOG input from the selected control source to turn on the JOG drive status LED. See figure 3.5. The drive will then be placed into jog mode when the START input is asserted. The RUNNING LED will turn on to indicate that the drive is in jog mode, but will remain on only while the START input is asserted. Note that jog mode is identical to run mode, except that the START input must be asserted to keep the drive running Uogging). When the START input is unasserted, the drive will stop. P.020 (Jog Speed Reference) is the jog speed reference.

1111 ~~ -RPM -RUNNING D VOL TS D REMOTE L ....................... J , ............... ,

C]AMPS -JOG ~ ~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM JOG C]Kw -FDR\JARD CJ TORQUE CJ REVERSE l C]Po.sswordCJPRDGRAM [ ENTER

--~ [ START l R£LJANC£1!! . . £L£CTRJCILJ

JOG LED 1s on

Figure 3.5 - Example of a Jog Mode Display

Page 63: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

3.5 The Display

The drive contains a four-character, seven-segment LED display. At drive power-up, the display indicates when the self-test is being performed (SELF will be displayed). During drive operation, the display indicates parameter numbers, parameter values, and fault or alarm codes. Figures 3.2 through 3.5 show sample displays.

3.6 The Keypad

The drive's keypad has nine (9) membrane keys that are used to monitor, program, and control the drive.

User interaction with the drive is performed in four modes: monitor, program, run, and jog. If the drive control source is local (P.000 = LOCL), the keypad is used exclusively for these functions. If the control source is remote (P.000 = rE), the keypad/display can be used for monitoring and programming, and control is accomplished using a remote operator device wired to the drive's terminal strip. Other control sources allow the keypad to be used chiefly for monitoring.

AUTO MAN

The AUTO/MAN key is used to switch between entering the speed refer­ence from the keypad and from the terminal strip input. This key is only active when the Control Source Select parameter (P.000) is set to LOCL. If the Control Source Select parameter is set to rE, PC, or OP, then the AUTO/MAN key is ignored. See the description of the AUTO status indi­cator for more information.

The UP and DOWN ARROW keys are used to:

• Step through the drive parameter menus and error log when the drive is in program mode.

• Increase (or decrease) a numeric value (such as the reference or a parameter value).

Holding down these keys will increase the scroll speed.

The ENTER key is used to:

• Display a parameter (or a selection) value in program mode

• Save a value

• Move through each monitor display item when in monitor mode

3-5

Page 64: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

orWCU''d

Revere

PROGRAM

RUN JOG

[START]

3-6

The FORWARD/REVERSE key is used to select the direction of motor rotation when Control Source Select (P.000) equals LOCL. If P.000 does not equal LOCL, this key is ignored. The signal from this key is acknowledged whether the drive is running or stopped.

If the key is pressed while the drive is in run mode and P.000 = LOCL, the FOR­WARD or REVERSE status LED will turn on to indicate the new direction. The drive will take a few moments to decelerate before moving in the new direction.

The function of this key can be disabled in the Reverse Disable parameter (P.027).

The PROGRAM key is used to move between program and monitor modes. Program mode allows the user to examine and change parameter values. The PROGRAM LED will turn on when the drive is in program mode.

The RUN/JOG key toggles between run mode and jog mode when P.000 = LOCL. When in run mode, pressing the START key will result in continuous drive operation. When in jog mode, pressing the START key will result in drive operation only until the START key is released. See the description of the JOG status indicator for more information.

The START key applies power to the motor in run mode or jog mode when P.000 = LOCL. (The RUNNING LED will turn on).

If the drive is running, the STOP/RESET key will stop the drive regardless of the selected control source (P.000 = LOCL, rE, OP, or PC). If the drive is not run­ning, pressing this key will reset any fault conditions within the drive, as long as the cause of the fault has been removed.

Page 65: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

3.7 Drive Status LEDs

The keypad contains eight LEDs that show the present drive status. The list below describes what each drive status LED means.

• RUNNING

• REMOTE

• JOG

• AUTO

• FORWARD

• REVERSE

• PROGRAM

• PASSWORD

On The drive is in run mode or jog mode and the START input has been asserted.

Off The drive is not running.

On The drive is being controlled (sequencing and speed reference) from a source other than the keypad (unless AUTO/MANUAL= AUTO).

Off The drive is receiving sequencing and speed reference from the key­pad.

Flashing The network connection is lost.

On

Off

On

Jog mode is selected.

Run mode is selected.

The drive is receiving its speed reference from the terminal strip input (see P.008).

Off The reference must be entered at the keypad by the user.

On

Off

On

Off

On

The drive is set to run the motor in the forward direction.

The drive is not set to run the motor in the forward direction.

The drive is set to run the motor in the reverse direction.

The drive is not set to run the motor in the reverse direction.

The drive is in program mode. The PROGRAM key selects program mode.

Off The drive is in monitor mode.

On Parameters cannot be modified from the keypad without entering the correct password into P.051 (Programming Disable). See section 4.2, Ensuring Program Security, for more information.

Note that disabling program changes by means of P.051 will not pre­vent parameter changes being made when Control Source Select = PC.

Off Parameters can be modified from the keypad.

3.8 Monitor Mode LEDs

The following table describes the values that will be displayed when the corresponding monitor mode LED is on.

Table 3.1 - Monitor Mode LEDs

Monitor Mode LED Corresponding 7-Segment LED Display When Lit (Actual Values)

RPM Motor speed in RPM is displayed. This value can also be scaled in parameter P.028. See chapter 4 for more information.

VOLTS Drive output volts are displayed. This value is not DC bus volts.

AMPS Drive output amps are displayed.

Hz Drive output frequency in hertz is displayed.

Kw Output power of the drive in kilowatts is displayed.

TORQUE Percent of motor output torque is displayed (valid only for vector regulation).

3-7

Page 66: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).
Page 67: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

4.0 PROGRAMMING REFERENCE To program the drive for a specific application, you display the appropriate parameter and adjust it as required. The parameters are used to define characteristics of the drive. This chapter provides an overview of the parameter menus as well as detailed descriptions of each parameter. This chapter also describes how to access, display, and modify parameters.

4.1 Parameter Types

DANGER

ONLY QUALIFIED ELECTRICAL PERSONNEL FAMILIAR WITH THE CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION OF THIS EQUIPMENT AND THE HAZARDS INVOLVED SHOULD START AND ADJUST IT. READ AND UNDERSTAND THIS MANUAL IN ITS ENTIRETY BEFORE PROCEEDING. FAILURE TO OBSERVE THIS PRECAUTION COULD RESULT IN SEVERE BODILY INJURY OR LOSS OF LIFE.

There are three types of parameters:

Configurable: These parameters can only be adjusted or changed while the drive is stopped.

Tunable: These parameters can be adjusted or changed while the drive is running or stopped.

Read only: These parameters cannot be adjusted.

Each parameter is described in detail in this chapter. The following information is provided for each parameter:

Parameter Number: the unique number assigned to a specific parameter. The number is preceded by either P, H, or U to identify it as a General, Volts/Hertz, or Vector parameter, respectively. The parameter number is displayed on the drive's keypad/display.

Parameter Name: the name assigned to a parameter number. The parameter name is not displayed when programming the drive using the keypad/display. The parameter name is only visible when using the CE3000 software.

Parameter Description: a description of the parameter's function.

Parameter Range: the pre-defined parameter value limits or selections.

Default Setting: the factory default setting.

Parameter Type: identifies whether the parameter is tunable, configurable, or read only.

Refer also to parameters: a list of associated parameters that may provide additional or related information.

4.2 Ensuring Program Security

Parameter values can be password-protected using parameter P.051 (Programming Disable). When the password is entered into this parameter, parameter values cannot be modified from the keypad unless the correct password is entered again.

The state of this parameter will be retained during power loss.

WARNING

IT IS THE USER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO DETERMINE HOW TO DISTRIBUTE THE PASSWORD WITHIN THEIR ORGANIZATION. RELIANCE ELECTRIC IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR UNAUTHORIZED ACCESS VIOLATIONS WITHIN THE USER'S ORGANIZATION. FAILURE TO OBSERVE THIS PRECAUTION COULD RESULT IN BODILY INJURY.

4-1

Page 68: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

4-2

To disable/enable parameter programming:

Step 1. Access P.051 on the display.

Step 2. Press the ENTER key. O will be displayed.

Step 3. Increment the value to 26 using the UP ARROW key.

Step 4. Press the ENTER key. P.051 will be displayed.

Parameter programming is disabled when the PASSWORD LED is on and enabled when the PASSWORD LED is off.

4.3 Moving Around in the Parameter Menus

To simplify the configuration process, the GV3000 drive software parameter list is divided into two menus: the First Menu and the Second Menu. These are shown in figure 4.1 and described below.

The First Menu contains General parameters (P.000 through P.006) which are commonly used for simple applications.

The Second Menu contains parameters that allow drive adjustment for more complex applications. These functions can be safety related and should be used only with a thorough understanding of how they may affect motor operation.

Within the Second Menu are General parameters (P.007 through P.099) that apply to both vector and V/Hz programming, and two menus that are specific to vector and V/Hz programming.

A password must be entered into parameter P.006 in order to access the Second Menu parameters. You cannot access or change any parameters in the Second Menu unless the correct password is entered into parameter P.006. See section 4.5.1 for this procedure.

First Menu Parameters

General ~ P.000 - P.006 ,_,.. ____ _. ~

Enter Password into P.006

Second Menu Parameters

General ,.. P.048 ;;;;;; U-H _. Volts/Hertz P.007 P.099 H.000 H.022

! P.048 - UEC

Vector U.000 - U.021

Figure 4.1 - Parameter Menu Structure

Page 69: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

WARNING

IT IS THE USER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO DETERMINE HOW TO DISTRIBUTE THE SECOND MENU PASSWORD WITHIN THEIR ORGANIZATION. RELIANCE ELECTRIC IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR UNAUTHORIZED ACCESS VIOLATIONS WITHIN THE USER'S ORGANIZATION. FAILURE TO OBSERVE THIS PRECAUTION COULD RESULT IN BODILY INJURY.

After entering the correct password into P.006, you can also access the Second Menu Volts/Hertz parameters (H.000 through H.022). This group of parameters is accessible by pressing the DOWN ARROW key after P.---is displayed in program mode, and then pressing the ENTER key.

The Second Menu Vector parameters (U.000 through U.021) can be accessed when UEC is selected in parameter P.048 (Volts/Hertz or Vector Mode Select).

The error log is located after the Vector parameters (U.---) or the Volt/Hertz parameters (depending on what is selected in P.048), and is shown as Err on the display. For more information on accessing the error log or clearing errors, refer to chapter 5 of this manual.

4.4 First Menu Parameters

The First Menu contains General parameters that are most commonly used for simple applications. No password is required to access them. These parameters apply to both vector and V/Hz programming and are described in detail in section 4.4.2.

4.4.1 Displaying or Changing First Menu Parameters

Use the following procedure to display or change any of the General parameters in the First Menu:

Step 1 . Press the PROGRAM key.

The program LED will turn on and the First Menu General parameters are now accessible. If the display does not show P.---, press the UP ARROW or DOWN ARROW key until it does.

Step 2. Press the ENTER key.

The first parameter number in the First Menu General parameters (P.000) or the last parameter number accessed will be displayed.

Step 3. Press the UP ARROW key to move through the First Menu General parameters (P.000 to P.006).

Each parameter number will be displayed as you increment through the parameters.

Step 4. Once the desired parameter is displayed, press the ENTER key to access it.

The parameter value will be displayed.

Step 5. Press the UP ARROW key to increase the value or the DOWN ARROW key to decrease the value. Note that if programming is disabled in P.051 (Programming Disable), or if the parameter is configurable and the drive is running, the value will not change.

Step 6. Press the ENTER key to save the changed value.

After pressing ENTER, the same parameter number is displayed indicating that the value was saved, and you can now go to the new parameter.

NOTE: The value will not be written into memory unless the ENTER key is pressed.

Step 7. Press the UP ARROW key to go the next parameter, and repeat steps 4 through 6.

Step 8. Press the PROGRAM key until the PROGRAM LED turns off to exit the program mode.

4-3

Page 70: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

4-4

4.4.2 First Menu General Parameter Descriptions (P.000 to P.006)

P.000 Control Source Select

This parameter selects the drive control source.

...

...

:

,\ :·· ... ? ....... : \>

••

•.... <·· :.. < . : , ...

. :

t ... :: . ... :

t ·•• :: :

•· ...

) :•: < :::

• • .. ......... ·i••·· ··•• r ·•·• i > .. . . . I >•. . .. . . ....... .

.. •. . .. / L : . •

····· ./ •• .: ••• \ · · ) ·'• ,\ i H •··• i. •

:: .... •.•• ) .. ........... . : :

. \ ... i • ... •· ... l .. ..

...

r ...

... ... ..

:

... / :

•L . / ..... ·.•·· :.• ........

• .. ·· .. • .. • .. · •.• > \ ..•• < • .. • ... •·•··•• < / ...... >' ..•• ·,.:· ... ······················ < .. • ... · .. >· ... : ...... ,.. . . •·· . . ... ······· '' : < ..•.

·: ....... ·.i:.:• •··..... '.. • .. • .. · ) } : .... ·.······ ······· .. ·. ···:· ::• . ... . :

WARNING

IN VOLTS/HERTZ REGULATION, IF P.000 (CONTROL SOURCE SELECT) IS SET TO OP (OPTION PORT), AND P.062 IS SET TO 1 (HOLD LAST REFERENCE), AND THE DRIVE LOSES COMMUNICATION WITH THE NETWORK, THE DRIVE WILL MAINTAIN THE LAST FREQUENCY COMMAND SENT TO IT. ENSURE THAT DRIVEN MACHINERY, ALL DRIVE-TRAIN MECHANISMS, AND PROCESS LINE MATERIAL ARE CAPABLE OF SAFE OPERATION AT THE MAXIMUM OPERATING SPEED OF THE DRIVE. FAILURE TO OBSERVE THIS PRECAUTION COULD RESULT IN BODILY INJURY.

NOTE: The REMOTE LED will turn on if any control source other than LOCL is selected.

P.001 Accel Time 1 (RAMP 1)

In V/Hz regulation, this parameter sets the time in which the motor goes from zero speed to Maximum Speed (P.004) after starting.

In vector regulation, this parameter sets the time in which the motor goes from zero speed to Motor Top Speed (U.017) after starting.

: : >

~

'·· .•• .. • . • .............. :::::}:•:•.••·

...

::

····· i

. ... . .... • :: .. •·· .. : .. : : .·• ............ •·• ............. •.··· ··.•. / i ... .

. .... ... ·• ( .... .. .

••

::.·

. ................. .

..... .. .: .. .•.. .... ,·: )} ·:

.. .. :::: : : : :: : ...... } .................... · ············· . ·.

.. ··· .·., ....... ·.·.··{········.··.i(})·i· .......... ·.·.·.··· ..... ·.• ............... ·.·.· .... },.t/\{\UH}H/ ..... ·:·:) )i /}.. •••...• t ii . ) . • .. ) .... . •·· > < :••.: . : •••. : ( > .\ .. \ : . ·· .•. · ..•. : •··· .... • ..• } ....• : .......•. · •··· \ \. . ..•. :.... ..•.. \ { > •.. } ... }. ... > / . :

< \ •..•. . ....

)./ {( :·: .• ...

. \ ·••• c •.... ·• ······ .. ( \/. ..... ·.' ..

The acceleration time depends on the speed setting. If the motor load inertia is high, or the Current Limit (P.005) setting is too low, actual motor acceleration time will be longer than the time set in P.001. If Accel Time 1 is set too short, an overcurrent fault may occur.

Page 71: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

P.002 Decel Time 1 (RAMP 1)

For V/Hz regulation, this parameter specifies the time in which motor speed decreases from Maximum Speed (P.004) to zero speed when performing a ramp-to-rest stop (P.025 = 1).

•• 1~j .. ~ .• : ·•.

: :•: ,:.:: •: :: ,:::::: ::: ::. :

For vector regulation, this parameter specifies the time in which motor speed decreases from Motor Top Speed (U.017) to zero speed when performing a ramp-to-rest stop

::::

··•• H i i:. •:'•••·•···••···•·,,Lt r: t·•·• ( H :•·•• ).,,•••,·•·•····.·.••• .• •· ) >·•' r ··••:' r .·t•.,•••,•·••·'•••••••.•••··•J•,,••·r ·•·. H I > • •·• \'·•''••···•···•··••·, t i•• Yi•••· H /,.•••··•)'·•·•·••·• < •··• ( : >: • \ ( ·· V ?{ ··••rtiit.••··t····•···········.···••··••> \,y,. t, tY>·····,·.r .. .. < , ,. .. ,... < ···< //

(P.025 1 ). :::,, :"' •·.· ·.' J,· , i • > , ·• : . . . L :.•· rr . : , >:, , it ,. < '· ·' '·'·' \?''· , '· ,. /.:::r .,. , ,.,

·•. ::: { \,::· .•.•. ,,•. > .• :/. :,:• .. ,,·:. ..,.. . •. :··: :,:: : .•. :•:·i/ < \ : :•··•: ) .. , .. i

••• :, .. : ::: \ ·•.•••··•·· : •·'• ·/ i•••' t ••..• ,,., •:·· ··•·t i • T •• \ i •, :/ .) > ,.,, .• ,: \ ·••·••··•.••• ·:· .. :.,: •..• ,., \::: \ ,,., .. ·•·: :·'• ·,••·.: .. , , •••

NOTE: Motor load inertia and input line conditions can ext.end the deceleration time to a value greater than the preset time. With very fast deceleration times, regenerative motor voltage may charge up the D-C bus voltage, causing a high bus voltage (HU) fault. To avoid a fault condition, ext.end the deceleration time for a longer period. If a deceleration time faster than the acceptable range is required, installing an optional Snubber Resistor Kit or Regenerative Braking Module Kit may prevent the fault.

For V/Hz regulation with dynamic braking (snubber resistor) disabled (H.017=0FF), the deceleration time may be extended to prevent a high bus voltage (HU) fault from occurring.

P.003 Minimum Speed :.:.::: .:.: .::::::::::::::::: .. : .. :

••• .. ::\ :: ::: ) : .:

:I :

: :

1'11

:: :: :

This parameter specifies the minimum allowed speed in RPM for vector regulation or in hertz for V/Hz regulation.

. .,.. ··t·•· :

: :'? .... , .. :: :. :::i: ..(

:··· . .\\ : :.: :,,

<••····· ,:: .. : }i <,, , ..

: : > ,, ; ., : :'' :··· ': : <: \ \ : i ::::: ::: '\ : :

•· : :. > ::, : :

:.: ::::. ·:. / :: ::: ..... . ..

::

i

i

:

:

i .... i

': :·: ... .... ·: .. : <

J .. : : .

•·:. :: : ::· i •.• I < ,J•••· L

: :: : .: :

•• •••··. ''. > :. ::

:

..... , .: :. :. ... :: >• ...•• :. , ••• J ·: ..... )+

DANGER

THE DRIVE IS CAPABLE OF OPERATING AT AND MAINTAINING ZERO SPEED. THE USER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ASSURING SAFE CONDITIONS FOR OPERATING PERSONNEL BY PROVIDING SUITABLE GUARDS, AUDIBLE OR VISUAL ALARMS, OR OTHER DEVICES TO INDICATE THAT THE DRIVE IS OPERATING OR MAY OPERATE AT OR NEAR ZERO SPEED. FAILURE TO OBSERVE THIS PRECAUTION COULD RESULT IN SEVERE BODILY INJURY OR LOSS OF LIFE.

/ ..•

4-5

Page 72: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

4-6

P.004 Maximum Speed

This parameter limits the speed reference to the drive. Regardless of what speed reference is supplied, the regulator will not command a speed greater than the value in P.004 from the motor.

·• . .

••

: ..... ....... .. .....

• •><

.

: .... ...

.••.

.. ::

{ ) •· ......

iC xt •·········· :

..... > . ·:

••• • / .· .......... :

>> . •> \ •• . . .. , \ . :

t .. : ....

..... · :•

••

..

•.

WARNING

: .. :.: ..

·•

..... .. ......

1: :

. . . < ,, • •••

. .

.... .

• .... ... { .•·

. ' > ••• . .. / . : ... . •

.... \ ..

r.: . • .

•.••

: : ... > ••.•

'

THE USER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ENSURING THAT DRIVEN MACHINERY, ALL DRIVE-TRAIN MECHANISMS, AND PROCESS LINE MATERIAL ARE CAPABLE OF SAFE OPERATION AT THE MAXIMUM OPERATING SPEED OF THE DRIVE. OVERSPEED DETECTION IN THE DRIVE DETERMINES WHEN THE DRIVE SHUTS DOWN. FOR VECTOR REGULATION, THIS IS FACTORY SET TO 130% OF MAXIMUM SPEED. FOR VOLTS/HERTZ REGULATION, THIS IS FIXED AT THE FREQUENCY LEVEL SET IN PARAMETER H.022 (OVERFREQUENCY LIMIT). FAILURE TO OBSERVE THIS PRECAUTION COULD RESULT IN BODILY INJURY.

For V/Hz regulation, this parameter specifies the maximum allowed speed in hertz. The drive is equipped with configurable overspeed protection at the frequency level set in H.022 (Overfrequency Limit).

For vector regulation, this parameter specifies the maximum allowed speed in RPM. The drive is equipped with fixed overspeed protection at 130% of Maximum Speed.

NOTE: When changing the Maximum Speed value (P.004), also rescale the RPM Display Scaling parameter (P.028) to the same value so the RPM monitor mode corresponds to maximum speed.

P.005 Current Limit

t ••. : . ... I .\ . .• > ........ •

.. )·.

"El .. ::: / :·.· ... :

•··· \ .. :

This parameter provides the means to limit motor stator current while running at constant speed or during acceleration.

...

•••••

. •· . .

E•l

i .... : .. :

•••••• r... •·••·· •• .•

.

C.

.. ............. .

. .. ... /· .•···.•· ............

. • . . .

•. > .... )

< H

:::: :::::

: : .. : 'i'

H .... •••

H., .......... I ..... ,~

:·:.• ... . :::•••>•••: . :\ .

•••

• .. ·: . ... ]; ...... - .: : . : ... :.·.· ..

> ~· •.

. .. • ' .:• .. <<

T

i

.

. ..

••· .T •II J i;i ..

•.·· < •.•••... •••••••••

: .. .

·.•·• ••• )\ .. ·:

\<: ... •. . .. •· ........

Page 73: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

P.005 Current Limit (continued)

For V/Hz regulation: Current limit is set as a percentage of the power module rated amps with a maximum value of 110%. 110% current limit equals the current value in parameter P.095 (Power Unit Output Amps).

When the output current attempts to exceed the preset current limit, the output voltage and frequency will be lowered as the GV3000 drive reduces output current.

For vector regulation: Current limit is a percentage of the value entered in U.004.

The output current will be limited to the current limit value, which may result in motor speed decreasing or the acceleration/deceleration time being extended.

P.006 Second Menu Password

... (

A password must be entered •·•

.,·· ........ . ....

. ........ . .. ..... ... .. y ....

. .. }\ •·•·• /·•· L·• ... ·.·.• •••• , ••••• · .• ·.·> ·•·•· ... ··.····•·•••·•·••·•·••>· •••··• • .. •• ••••• .. •·.•·>· ••·•· T ./+'·• T ..• •·• .• ........ ··

into this parameter in order to display or change Second Menu General (P), Vector (U), and Volts/Hertz (H) parameters. Refer to section 4.5.1 of this manual for more information about this password.

•• • •• . .. . :·•·• .......................... ,.,. .. . ..................... > ... .

....

. i .:, ........... .. . .. .

••·.• \+····· it T < t> ...... •·• •··•· .... \ < ... .. /{ \{ . ······ .... ? ... . ·• ........ ······· ......... \. < • \. ... .•. ...• •

.... }t? t ..•.•••.....• ·( ············>···········>\ ............. ·.

WARNING

IT IS THE USER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO DETERMINE HOW TO DISTRIBUTE THE SECOND MENU PASSWORD WITHIN THEIR ORGANIZATION. RELIANCE ELECTRIC IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR UNAUTHORIZED ACCESS VIOLATIONS WITHIN THE USER'S ORGANIZATION. FAILURE TO OBSERVE THIS PRECAUTION COULD RESULT IN BODILY INJURY.

4.5 Second Menu Parameters

The Second Menu contains parameters used for more complex applications. A password is required to access them. Within the Second Menu are General parameters that apply to both vector and V/Hz programming: Vector parameters, and Volts/Hertz parameters.

For detailed descriptions of the Second Menu General parameters, refer to section 4.5.3. For detailed descriptions of the Second Menu Vector parameters, refer to section 4.5.4. For detailed descriptions of the Second Menu Volts/Hertz parameters, refer to section 4.5.5.

4-7

Page 74: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

4-8

4.5.1 Entering the Second Menu Password

WARNING

IT IS THE USER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO DETERMINE HOW TO DISTRIBUTE THE SECOND MENU PASSWORD WITHIN THEIR ORGANIZATION. RELIANCE ELECTRIC IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR UNAUTHORIZED ACCESS VIOLATIONS WITHIN THE USER'S ORGANIZATION. FAILURE TO OBSERVE THIS PRECAUTION COULD RESULT IN BODILY INJURY.

The Second Menu parameters cannot be displayed or changed unless the correct password is entered into P.006 (Second Menu Password). If the password is not entered, the display will only allow access to P.000 to P.006 and the error log.

NOTE: If you access P.006 after you have entered the password, the displayed value will be zero, even though you can now access the Second Menu parameters. The zero value is displayed in order to prevent unauthorized password use.

Use the following procedure to enter the Second Menu password:

Step 1. Press the PROGRAM key.

P.---will be displayed, and the PROGRAM LED will turn on. If P.---is not displayed, press the UP ARROW or DOWN ARROW key until it does.

Step 2. Press the ENTER key.

The first parameter number in the First Menu General parameters (P.000) or the last parameter number accessed will be displayed.

Step 3. Press the UP ARROW key to increment the parameter numbers until P.006 is displayed.

Step 4. Press the ENTER key.

O will be displayed.

Step 5. Press the UP ARROW key to increment the value until 107 is displayed. This is the password. (Holding down the UP ARROW key will increase the scroll speed).

Step 6. Press the ENTER key to enter the value.

The parameters in the Second Menu can now be accessed.

4.5.2 Displaying or Changing Second Menu Parameters

The Second Menu General parameters are displayed and changed the same way as the First Menu General parameters are. Refer to 4.3.1 for this procedure.

Page 75: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

4.5.3 Second Menu General Parameter Descriptions (P.007 to P.099)

P.007 Terminal Block Digital Inputs Configure . ... ... .. . ... /. '/ ........

... ? ....... ..... ..... . } •..• it . .. . ... / •.. .. . ) .

. ..

The GV3000 drive allows for various configurations of digital inputs 6, 7, and 8 on the terminal strip. This parameter determines how these inputs are used.

. ... < .... .. .... . •

. .

••••• J . ........... { ....... ......

.... .... { •.•· ·• .. .. . ... • .... \ .. .)

t ... i .

.. ••

~

Tjfj(; m: I ... ~

I• ~

....

~

i .. .._ .. , ......

.... . . • . .... ·

i ... . .. . .

The P.008 (Terminal Block Speed Reference Select) selection will limit the selection of P.007 because the P.008 selection may use one or more of digital inputs 6 through 8.

J L< '

.. .. :.:; ... ••• ••·< ••·•rr ···· 17 > < . ··. ... :.

) > ····•·• .. ,,. , ... ... .... ) H •··•

•·

•:: • .......... . .....•..... . . ...

•••

.... . . ..

.• .

.

.. ........ ········

.. ...

..... ....

WARNING

IF A MAINTAINED START CONTACT IS USED WHEN THE CONTROL SOURCE = rE, SWITCHING FROM LOCAL TO REMOTE FROM THE TERMINAL STRIP WILL CAUSE POWER TO BE APPLIED TO THE MOTOR IF THE REMOTE START CONTACT IS CLOSED. STAY CLEAR OF ROTATING MACHINERY IN THIS CASE. FAILURE TO OBSERVE THIS PRECAUTION COULD RESULT IN BODILY INJURY.

Refer to the GV3000 A-C Power Module Hardware Reference, Installation, and Troubleshooting manual (D2-3324) for terminal strip wiring.

A negated (open) or asserted (closed) input will select the following of the three input choices:

Input Open (Unasserted) Closed (Asserted) FWD/REV Forward Reverse RAMP1/2 Ramp 1 Ramp 2 REM/LOC Remote Local

RAMP1 /2 allows you to specify two separate acceleration/deceleration rates and instantly select between the two. Note that this is a remote switch between two separate (paired) rates. It does not select between one acceleration rate and a different deceleration rate.

""i .... ./ . .. .... \ }

?{ • i /

" ? ..··

>

' H

.. ...

4-9

Page 76: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

4-10

P.007 Terminal Block Digital Inputs Configure (continued)

RAMP 1 uses acceleration or deceleration rates based on P.001 /P.002 (Accel Time 1/Decel Time 1).

RAMP 2 uses acceleration or deceleration rates based on P.017/P.018 (Accel Time 2/Decel Time 2).

NOTE: The digital input for RAMP1 /2 is always active from local or remote control sources.

FWD/REV allows you to select between an open or closed digital input state. If the selected speed reference value is negative ( <0) and the FWD/REV input is closed (which allows reverse direction), the resulting speed reference will be positive (forward).

REM/LOC allows you to temporarily switch from a remote running condition to keypad operation without breaking the terminal strip run signal. The following example shows how this input can be used.

REM/LOC Input Example

Assume the drive is stopped and started using an external 2-wire control signal. The drive's control source is the terminal strip (P.000 = rE), and a start command is given. The REM/LOC option (option 2 in P.007) is selected so that an external REM/LOC switch switches the drive from REMOTE to LOCAL or from LOCAL to REMOTE. This external switch is in the REMOTE position.

The following happens:

1. The STOP/RESET key is pressed, and the motor stops.

2. LOCAL is selected using the externally wired REM/LOC switch.

3. Control of the drive is done locally through the keypad. (This could be for trouble­shooting purposes, or for looking at or changing parameter values).

4. The REM/LOC switch is switched back to the REMOTE position. The drive runs im-mediately because there is already an asserted remote start signal.

5. The drive is now being controlled by the remote control source.

NOTE: The default value of O for P.007 will limit P.008 (Terminal Block Speed Reference Select) to a parameter selection of 0. You must change P.007 to some value other than O in order to change P.008 to some value other than 0.

See Table 4.1 and the selection example in the P.008 parameter description.

Page 77: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

P.008 Terminal Block Speed Reference Select

This parameter selects the source of the terminal strip speed reference.

•• 1~j .. ~ .• .. ... . . . .... . ....................................... . ,,/. •, . .,•··,···.··· .·.·,.., •. , .• ,:,,,; ·······',,,:ii ........... iii •.•• :,, ................. ,,: : •••

. ·: ···. / }:•····· ... '

·• ,, ... •··• + T • • . .... . •.......

•··•'·••·"'•·'• t•. /.ti•• Qi+'I: t• Q.1.1"-'ilP ~l! ~ l:.\VQI!<! : ..... ... . . ..... .... \ ... .. ) ... /. .... .. ,,,,

\.' ............. · .. > .......... · .. • .... < > -

,} ... i. .... \ l .•• ..··•.· ............................ .

·, '

··•• r )/ > ·• ,> ..• ···+ \ ..... ,,., .<. / • '

,•

) ,\ i < •··• i i · ... •,,• ... . ..... , ..... \,., • ... ' .. , .:· :•:•·•: ')

.... ,·

,•,••

. <·, ·•. ' .. :•

··)

''

> ... ( /(

.... i < ,.,. i

~ . ... ' .. . ',,

.• ·,::' :, u:: .,•.: •· <•·· .•.. ,,• •··• •..•. Lf .•. :•: .. , I •·

.• . .. < '< ..• • •. •,,• ... . •• \ ..• \ • ..••.. , .:· / •, ••.•.. ,. •··•· > ... ······' ,,: .. : < ... \ •.. ; ,), •··•. . ..• .. ,.. .. •,, ....•. ' .

.,t././•.(,.J.(.f,.,).\/./ ..... I ... t ........ I .... ,< .•. <.J. \ ........ : ........ / ....... < ............. <.u·· •. tr .... . t•······ .. t < ·•·•· •••·· ,,• .....•.. , \ :::

The parameter entry is also dependent upon what is selected for parameter P.007 (Terminal Block Digital Input Selection). The selection made in parameter P.007 determines what the remaining free digital inputs can be used for.

The acceptable values for P.007 are based on what is selected for P.008 and are shown in Table 4.1. A blank cell indicates that the combination is not acceptable due to conflicts (inputs are already assigned).

Table 4.1 - Digital Input Limits Selection

P.008 Selection Choices

P.007 Selection Choices 0 1 2 3 4

0 v 1 v v 2 v v 3 v v 4 v v v v 5 v v v v 6 v v v v 7 v v v v v

4-11

Page 78: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

4-12

P.008 Terminal Block Speed Reference Select (continued)

P.007 and P.008 Selection Example You want to select the MOP as the speed reference source. From the parameter selection range shown for P.008, this means that the value for P.008 must be equal to 1.

Now configure the value needed for P.007. Since the MOP uses digital inputs 6 and 7, this only leaves values for P.007 to be equal to 4, 5, 6, or 7.

Go to the P.008 = 1 column, and notice that 0, 1,2, or 3 selection choices for P.007 cannot be made. Following the column down, notice that 4,5,6, or 7 selection choices for P.007 CAN be made.

P.009 Terminal Block Analog Input Offset

.. ·· •·•. ) ... t .•.. \ ..... • ... •. .. ::

·• •.. \ ......... ) < \i < \ .. <\ /. : .•. .•. / . if\·:\ : ... . • .. /i :+.;. •. . : •. . .. ::•: :: . : < : : •.

. .....•. > H ••·• •~tl Ill .:::• .. ::•. if :.: ••• ) > •.•. This parameter allows for correcting any offset in the terminal strip analog input prior to the signal reaching the drive.

. .. . ······ .. · • .. :: .. · .:· .... • :.: ······•· .... ... ····· ... •... • ... · ) I •·• . ·:.:· ii• ··: ... • ··•

NOTE: This parameter is not used if the terminal strip analog input is used as vector torque reference (U.000 = 1).

P.01 O Terminal Block Analog Input Gain

This parameter is used to compensate for component tolerance errors or insufficient voltage from the input reference source at the terminal strip.

NOTE: This parameter is not used if the terminal strip analog input is used as vector torque reference (U. 000 = 1).

...

...

..

... 2

..

[) ...

•::

..

.•

1 ..

·• .. :

> • ..

.•

.....

: ::

.. }

··::: } I :

•: :

: :

:•::

J ... i

P.011 Terminal Block Analog Input Invert

This parameter allows the input reference source at the terminal strip to be inverted after it is read by the drive.

: :

•.

)

••••

:

• ..

... ••

.

~ ~ :

:\ : ·:

:.•: > :·: ·: u ·:

····· . •••• •.•• C i ....

: ... ...

I~

............ :

.. :

. : :·

NOTE: This parameter is not used if the terminal strip analog input is used as vector torque reference (U.000 = 1). •••

•• . :

•• . { .... ....

.... ::::: :

. ··· •··• i ? :· .. > t::::. / > .•· ·•·

. .. ··. . . .. ; ..

....... ········

. .: ... .: .... ..

. .. ······ •.: .... :

.. T , . .. : • .

.. , ...

•.: : ....

.... :.· : .

:: . :·

•: ... ' .: ... .. .. :. .. .;;

. .... .) .

:• . ...

.·• .

.. I··· .·: :: /?• . : : •:

•·· ..

. : •:: ....

••• •

... : > . .. : : •:: > / :• < ::: ) : ... ... .... ...

.·• ··•. \

••••

··.·•·

..... •: :: ...... .. ::: : .... ::< .:

..

...

< ..• :

.. , .

.:: / >l : .\ .... .... ·.

·····.·•··•··· · ... ·····

.••. :•: : ......

••• :·:.: .: . ......... .. • ...

:t I JF II"" > ·•·

, .. ..•• ·• < :, •·. :

. ..

: ...

::•: ·····

I~

:•:•: ··•·

:

•••

:: ....

••

····:: ... ... . • •

... .. .... .... ...... • •

.·:··· V \ ..... H : .....

..... ·····

.... • < t .. ··•· > / ··•

Page 79: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

P.012 Terminal Block Analog Output Source

This parameter configures the analog output signal from the terminal strip.

•• 1~j .. ... ?

·-· j : ....

~ :

-- : :--

~~ ~ / _.

... : :

I -·-····

•::

:- --: : .:. .-:, ..... : : : :•

: ·: '. -: --· -·

:···••< r •••

: : ·---:

..... : '\ + .. ) ·•-- ..

< : :

•:•• l .•• ··-

-·· ·: :·:

..

....

:.: :-

-•

..... .. . .. : :•

: :· .. y ... ;.. : , .. ::

-··· .. :: ; Jr : : :•:•: ).

.;. I

_. :.-: <i .... i . •

•.•• •:-•:-.

.- : .... { ·-- ·-\ .• ._ ..

-· : :

........

... / ) :

Selections 2 and 3 select the same signals as selections O and 1 , but instead of providing a 5V (1/2 scale) offset to allow for a bipolar signal, no 5V offset is used. Instead, the signal is presented in a unipolar manner. The absolute value of the selected signal is used to drive the analog output over its full range of O to 1 OVDC. This provides greater resolution of the selected signal at the expense of indicating polarity. Refer to figure 4.2

10V

Terminal Block Analog Output

P.012 [JHz - Max Speed O ector -Top Speed

P.012 = 1 [JHz -200% Current Vector -300% Current

10V

IV/Hz -Max Speed P.012 = 2 ~ector - Top Speed

P.012 3 IV/Hz ~ector

-200% Current -300% Current

0

0

20mA -------------

4mA

20mA

+ Max Speed {P.004) + Top Speed (U.017)

+200% Current +300% Current

+ Max Speed (P.004) + Top Speed (U.017)

+200% Current +300% Current

Figure 4.2 - Analog Output Selection and Scaling

•·····-··· <

::

I <

-··-···

.... i

·-·--·-·· ...

-•-> :/

-· ::: ... \ }

: .

:r

4-13

Page 80: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

4-14

P.013 Output Relay Configuration

This parameter specifies the type of status indication provided by the output relay contacts (terminals 28, 29, 30, and 31 on the drive's terminal strip).

:

... ? ····.i·i ···········t········ .: { )

) :::

: : :

: : .. .

l · •• i .... · i }j •:: .~~ ... ,.,...

: ·~ :

...... >

:

.· ..... •

Example: For an application using an output contactor, you can obtain a 0.5 second delay between a START assertion and the generation of motor voltage by setting P.013 to 1. The delay will provide time for the contactor to close before motor voltage is generated.

P.014 Trim Reference Source

.... \

....

•••

: : ..

••••

...... : ·: ...

.. : ( .. ·: :·.·.········ t• :. >

:: :·

This parameter specifies the source for the trim reference. Trim reference is added to the speed reference.

...

' ..

~· : .~

...

)····

P.000

n P.014

•:

' ..

:

.•

.

•':• ~~.

:: :

.. ·····:.

....... •·• •·········

Selected Speed

Ref

L None o Selected

~------1 1 Trim Option Port 2 Ref MaxSpeed 3

:··

~4

L_ Current Feedback

~ Terminal Strip Analog Input

:

·: .

•:

}{. .... i\\

.... · I ··:<{

•···

Speed Control Loop

T

..

::

······· : : •.::.

.•· •.

i ..•. L

< j

< ·•··.

: :"i ( ... :. :

: i':

7 ... / •. t T < i ... • .tj

PWM Generator

Figure 4.3 - Trim Reference Source Selection

:

:.

:: ·:.

:

·•:• ::•: ... :

::":": : : :•.

.·: ... • .•· J : / ... . ·•.

/:: •·· ...

: : .. ::: .... : :

: ····• .... ··· ) ... :

: ..

: : ...

f / ..... .) . t < ·•: < <

Page 81: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

P.015 Trim Gain Percentage

•••••••

.... .. ............. •· ......

. ····· ..... . .. .. ... ··• . .. ....... . .. .

< y This parameter specifies a percentage of the selected trim reference entering the speed regulator.

i,.

·+ ) ?

~· ~ ~

...

.

. .. ..

•••

r.

,.

••• ... )

Gain

Mui Div

... ·• ...

••• •

••

.

.

.

.

······· •.

.•

. ..... .'

.......

. ...

. . .... •••

P.016 100 \~+ Draw +

Selected -----------~~ x ~ Speed

Ref

'-----.J/111 + Se~;•d I Gain I- . P.014 I Mui D1v.

I I P.015 100 Trim

Figure 4.4 - Draw and Trim Gain

P.016 Draw Gain Percentage

This parameter is used to increase or decrease the selected speed reference to the speed regulator.

:

..

:

I

~

1t1~ ..... ...

.......

...

.... .. <

•·· ·•··•

} i}

... .... .... {

< ••.• }

To Speed Ref Limit Block

...... . ....

,.

..

...

'

I.. '

) .

.

·~ .:·• . ., . ·•· ~

.' •

t ' •.•• .......

• ••

/ • .... . ... : . ... . ... .. >

.

•••

.•.• t\ .•. ..

. ....

...

'

.... ,

.·, .,,, .. •··• ...

This parameter allows multiple drive sections with a common line reference, but with different values for draw gain, to run at different speeds depending on the percent draw.

P.017 Accel Time 2 (RAMP 2)

. •········· <

I •.•

<

·······

.... i .........

. .. , ... ) ./ . ... • .... .... l

.. ••••

.. ,,.,••

. ...

" ,.,. •··•

•\:\(\•·•.·•\··.•·•· )·.•·•·•t•i•.•·•,• t•,•·,·•.•i ;·:.,•••• .. •:,;..:• ·'•.•••·•••Xi >•·•••,.•.•••.·•·•,··,•:,.,•••<•·'·ii, ,,.,

... ,,,

This parameter sets the acceleration time when a second ramp selection is configured as a digital input. When the RAMP 2 acceleration time digital input is asserted, the RAMP 2 deceleration time also takes effect.

··• · t ~ ~iJ.iJ:,ll •·····•• (\ ........ ·•••··•••••'•••'••·· /!{·•· •.. •··?·:··•• H \''+···· {{Lt! l···•.•· H·•···•>J \ f •.• '"" 8llSC)i'tC)/D618&t ••. ..... ~ . . .·••·• r ...................... . I ,, !lfffi ... 1 •.• ··• • •• i •·· •·. i •• ····• . .•• ;; . . ''"'"·,·····••ii\\,····. :·: .• .•• \ •··••• •·•· ·••••·••.••.i .... )•H/·.···•.···•··•.·•• :·•.· i .. /. /H•··:•··•'··•· ................. ""·"'••-'-' ..,., •••·· .• :·. i / ,., ..• .. ) > ..•. · •··· .. \ ...•. :. •••. ..••. / > . .··• •..•. ·.•.. ) /i •.•· ... •. i ••• < ••·· •. ,.·.•.·· . •. n \.. . •·· 'R\ J ••·· .... r

( ...... • •. . .•. ct.·•.•.· .. ·.·.········)•·)·· H. y" ···\y·•t····<···•.•H•·J·•·••J>i y·\./· } .. T••.·./·)· .H· •.• •r• .•• y···· ·······••<••·····r·•·········<· >·· . . Hi>f yf •.•• < ...•. •···... .... ·· .... ( ............ .,,,.,,, ....... ,· , .•.•.... ·•· )\ .·.•.J \ \ )····· .. \.\<

In V/Hz regulation, this parameter sets the time in which the motor goes from zero speed to Maximum Speed (P.004) after starting.

In vector regulation, this parameter sets the time in which the motor goes from zero speed to Motor Top Speed (U.017) after starting.

4-15

Page 82: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

4-16

P.018 Decel Time 2 (RAMP 2)

This parameter specifies the deceleration time when a second ramp selection is configured as a digital input. When the RAMP 2 deceleration time digital input is asserted, the RAMP 2 acceleration time also takes effect.

.

·• .

••

······ ..

.

.

... •

.... ....... ..... iC •>< /

>•

Ii

\ ..

{ ) •·

xt •·········· .

..... >

• .· .... ...... .

. •> \ ... \

...

• .

....

...... . ..

... ·•

. .......... . y

. .. . . .) ... . .

: . x•··· • ,IJ .......

.. . ......

••

....

.. . •

•••

............ { .... ... ........ { J .•· .. .. ... . • .. .... • v < ·• . .

••••• ••

.,. ......

~ ...

ii

...

In V/Hz regulation, this parameter specifies the time in which motor speed decreases from Maximum Speed (P.004) to zero speed when performing a ramp-to-rest stop (P.025 == 1). In vector regulation, this parameter specifies the time in which motor speed decreases from Motor Top Speed (U.017) to zero speed when performing a ramp-to-rest stop (P.025 = 1).

P.019 S-Curve Enable

•····· ... · ... < · ...........

··•t

. ......... ······· •· . ··• ........ •··•

•·<· ·•·•

··•··

... ...• .. ... •••

. .... ... . it{( ........ ... .

.... '' ... . •• . .... . ..

jt <· . . \ \ / .

.... ,. ... •> ..... ;U I i . >· .

···+ . .

. ·• ••• • ••

• •••

When S-Curve accel/decel is selected, the accel or decel ramp time begins and ends slowly, creating an S-Curve function.

...

•••••••••••••

{ . ... .... t? \ H •··• ··•··•·••

. ............... ...

> ····· •··•··• .. ..... .......

< ....

NOTE: For V/Hz regulation, this parameter is always set == ON.

•. .. -. .

... .

.

• .

. • . .

···< ..• { .... '• ... .... .

. .

.... .

. ...

.

.

·• .

. .

•••

... •·

... ....... .· .... ..

........ ········

••

•••

. . /

. ...

I t ..

•••

.

. .:.'

. .

The acceleration and deceleration times must be set the same for the S-Curve ramp to function the same for acceleration as for deceleration. If the deceleration time is set lower than the acceleration time, the deceleration time specified may not be met.

NOTE: This parameter does not apply to the Jog Ramp Acee/ Time (P.021) or Jog Ramp Decel Time (P.022) parameters.

Motor Nameplate

RPM P.004 (V/Hz)

U.017 (Vector)

~ accel time_i_J

Figure 4.5 - S-Curve Acceleration

Motor Nameplate

RPM P.004 (V/Hz)

U.017 (Vector)

I I

I I --,-----------,-----

' I

I

deceltime U Figure 4.6 - S-Curve Deceleration

. . ..

·•• I

\ ..•.

. ...

••• i

.

...

> .. .. ...

•••• )

..

• .

Page 83: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

P.020 Jog Speed Reference

This parameter is the speed reference for the drive when it is in jog mode.

•• 1~j .. ...

... /

.. : •··

~~ ~ / . ·

.... :

::

t •:.

•· ...... : . x: ......... :

: ·: ..... ·• ... .•

····••< r ••• •

. \ ..... ... : '\ +

} .... .. :

\ : .

L .... ....

t ·•• :

:

·: :·:

:.: ... . ........ . .. •·········

< . y :: ..

. :: ::

I 'I

x•··· < •

NJN .......

·······

.... i :

... . ....... { J .•· . ........ ... '" . ·•.: v < ·• ... ) :/

: : : . .. ... ... ....

........ \ }

•• <}?

Jog reference is activated while continuously asserting the START input from the selected control source and jog mode has been selected.

Jogging can be accomplished from either a local or remote control source. Jog speed is independent of any other speed reference. Jog speed cannot be changed with the UP/DOWN arrow keys or remotely while the drive is in run mode.

P.021 Jog Ramp Accel Time

: '. .r:······. : ::,:, •·

:

·• : .. :

······ ..... . ... ........... : .. ...

••• : .. :

L \ /

: ' . }i ... ... . ······

. .. ' / . :

······ .... :,: . : ... ,. .. .. .. : >f ...• : ... : .:

·: : ..

··.··•··

,., ..

>:• )(

( /{ .... i

. ...... :•: i

For V/Hz regulation, this parameter specifies the amount of time (seconds) it takes the motor to go from zero speed to Maximum Speed (P.004) in jog mode.

•:. . : ... .: ·• .: •.••.•· { \ ...

• . : .. :.' < ... : : ) ... :'L: ••. ::

For vector regulation, this parameter specifies the amount of time (seconds) it takes the motor to go from zero speed to Motor Top Speed (U.017) in jog mode.

••

•••

:

:

,:

:

:

.

P.022 Jog Ramp Decel Time

For V/Hz regulation, this parameter specifies the amount of time (seconds) it takes the motor to go from Maximum Speed (P.004) to zero speed in jog mode.

For vector regulation, this parameter specifies the amount of time (seconds) it takes the motor to go from Motor Top Speed (U.017) to zero speed in jog mode.

••

. :

••• •••

.... ··•

...

....

..

~

....

·:

\ : ::

:

.... :

.. ·:.

:

. •

.. ·/

. •

.... : ....

: ........ ...

.. : : ...

... > ..•. · ·:

'•' •···

) : •.

•> .... :

.• ••••

J

•.: .:·

... .... . ·• ..

::

\

:· ...

...

...........

...

{ .•···.•· • ..

.......... • 'Li / , ... : ::

···•\ < ... .. ...

··· .... / ::

.... .......... \ < ••••

C ... ...

:

:,: / > •

.. : ) : :: ::

.. ' :·.· .

••• ••

•••

........ ········ : ..

.: •••• . ...

.... ...

:: • .... ''

..

·····

: : .. . ··: ...... . ...

.\ ·:· .. " .... ,

F • •

~ ...

.... ''

:,:, :,:,:

........

:: ::

•••

... \ i ... . ..

. ... :

"·• . ... ; ... :•: •·•.• ... \<

. ... • . .\ .... ··. ··\ •••• :C : ... ) ?. :•:

. ............ ). ..... ·.· .. > I ..... ··, ... :: '•'

.... ·:.·:. . •.......

•·········

...... ···· .. :·

•· ..

·•···· : ..

: •••••

.•.. ... .•,: : : . ·.• \ ....

: ...

: .: ..• .. : ::

4-17

Page 84: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

4-18

P.023 MOP Accel/Decel

For V/Hz regulation, the MOP (Motor Operated Potentiometer) reference rate sets the amount of time (seconds) it takes for the MOP to go from zero speed to Maximum Speed (P.004) or from Maximum Speed to zero speed.

For vector regulation, the MOP reference rate sets the amount of time (seconds) it takes for the MOP to go from zero speed to Motor Top Speed (U.017) or from Motor Top Speed to zero speed.

·: ·····: ·······.··.·.·.·····1······ ·1··1··.··,·. :•. .•• :·: .:: ····:·::• . . . . :• .... . :·: . :• j} . . :· .. :.,. • .• .... ... .~: •·: •••· •:·• i"\••:.r.• ••. •.>:•:>•·.··•· ·,,,;:,.·H .• > .. ,..,i.•:•••.••,..·•i ,i.•,.·'<,,••ii'A ,. h ) ··•• .·•·• ..... ). ,., •.••

.• '"": ··:•·•:•: . .·:·:: .•.... : ..•• ·.·.·· ·: -q 7 •.• .' •... < :::• i. ... . ............................. : : ... ....... . .. .

. •... • ..• .... { .•.. ··•· •.• .•• . ... :::• { J .•· ..• ·•· 0 ... : •··· ... . • ·•· .. v < ·: .:

:

: .... •• : : . : .

::, :•: j ..

••

.. . : .

. ..

··· t< .. ··••rt ... · ..• t .. t ... · .. ·•··t····•··········<. ··••>i·r· A, t••·>··•·.·.r .. . <i . .... .. • <: · .... ... .:: i . .. . .: : :: .. : :.•· / :. : ··· ·· >:· ·· ·<• · i< ····I ·.·· ····· ··rr···· · ·.· •·::::::···· . •. . .. /L • ........ i ............. : > ... ::. \ :•:: : ·•· ·r: ... \ •···

.··• ./ :: .: •:: .. \ . ·•.: ·: .. ···•· <. ·•. : : •. ·•. :::: :::: •. : : :: : • •. ·•. ... •·•·• ........ ·•··• .· ......... ,,., H •··• id .) i • > •·• > .. : /\ .:::• .. ::•. if \ > ··• ... · '··· .. · •·• r \ ··•• •·· '··· ... •·•· •:• < / ... '··• • ··•• .:· > ............ .. •·· ....... · '· ( .... Yi '· ... ·•• •·· ... : '··· .. · / :•·· ............. <.> .. ······•,/u<:•••••+.•··••······•: <\•.·.·• '"'·'·"·"'·······•·•••· • ·· ··.•>•P .. •.•···••• .. j, .. ,>•••·•. • ···• •···•:.•:,:..... ..·. ii .·······: ) f ·•· ··• •· ) ··• .. • :.: .... :. : :·•. ··• .).. ..• .. : :. ... \ ·:,:: .. ): i .. : .: •····· .: :. ···. ··· .. : .: :. ......... :. ·: ... .

P.024 MOP Reset Configuration

•·

: ... .... ... .... •:·.:

······· / : .. : . : ·::::, \ ..

: .{() .\ .: : :> ?(

•••

·: ... .:: . : ....

This parameter determines when and if the MOP (Motor Operated Potentiometer) reference is reset to Minimum Speed (P.003). The MOP provides a digital speed reference that can be increased and decreased using terminal strip digital inputs.

•••

•. • .. : ...

.L••· ... ...

• ... • .. :

0 :

> ···.

< ·• .•

...• : > ... / I r• ........ ····· t )i

: : : \ .

H •··· ··•· •••• •::/ \ .. ... • .. • :.: •:•\ ... { • ........ ,· :

•••

: .•:: : .'

..• ::· :•::

+···

. : ... ..

:

:··· .. ·.· . •• •

.: .....

: .. :

: . :

:: ··: . .. '.. : ~. 11: .... : :

:•· 'T : . ................ .:

•••

••••••• •••

: ...

.. : : :•:• .. .....

)' :::

::.· ....

.:,:

:•:: :

··: ...... ...

·······

., ) . ...... •

NOTE: When the speed reference selection (P.008) remains the MOP, if the drive is powered down and powered back up, the MOP function reference will always be reset to equal Minimum Speed (P.003).

When the MOP function is set and then disabled by using parameter P.008 (Terminal Block Speed Reference Select), the last value in effect prior to the MOP being disabled will be retained.

• •••

: .

·:.

:.

..

Page 85: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

P.025 Stop Mode

•• 1~j .. ... •·· •· ...... . . .. . .. ... ..... ....... . ..

•··· •····· < ~~ x: ......... . y

This parameter selects whether the motor will coast to rest or ramp to rest when a stop command is given from any control source.

...

/ ....

.

•:.

.

~ . · ····••< r

•••

. ... ... }

·• . \

" . ...

... .

•...... .....

WARNING

... r+ ... ·• ...

. •.·. . ...

. '\ + •••••• < ·•.

: ... . •

•••

. ··. ... . .

. .. .. . . . . .

····· . ). < .... <i ... i .

•.•• .......

·······

•••

............ { ••••

... { • .... ......... ... ...

.... • .... \ .• ... ) •.••

. . . .....

•••

y ..

... T . .... ... . .. . . . ..... . ..

. . . . .

THE USER MUST PROVIDE AN EXTERNAL, HARDWIRED EMERGENCY STOP CIRCUIT OUTSIDE THE CONTROLLER CIRCUITRY. THIS CIRCUIT MUST DISABLE THE SYSTEM IN CASE OF IMPROPER OPERATION. UNCONTROLLED MACHINE OPERATION MAY RESULT IF THIS PROCEDURE IS NOT FOLLOWED. FAILURE TO OBSERVE THIS PRECAUTION COULD RESULT IN BODILY INJURY.

If P.025 = O: Pressing the STOP/RESET key or giving an external stop command causes the motor to coast to rest.

If P.025 = 1: Pressing the STOP/RESET key or giving an external stop command causes the motor to ramp to rest within a time equal to or greater than the preset deceleration time (P.002).

Note that if the drive is configured as a torque regulator only (U.000 = 1 or 2), then the stop type will always be coast to rest regardless of the value of parameter P.025.

I .... i ... ./ . ..

. ... \ }

••

4-19

Page 86: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

4-20

P.026 Function Loss Selection

This parameter specifies how the drive will respond to an open circuit between terminal strip inputs 16 and 20.

If P.026 = 0:

• The motor will coast to rest.

·• :

.

••

······ .......

.. .....

• •><

. ... ? , ... j .

<

.... { ) iC xt •·········· ..... ..

/ . · .... ...... .... (

••

.....

) :< ..

.... :•

...

..

• The function loss error code (FL) will be displayed.

•· ...... .

... •

.... .

. ...... .. ..... ·

••• ·•:

. . .

. ... ... .. ... ... ··• . .. . ...... '.L : .. . ...... . ..

. .. ······ ; . .. .·

+ ....... ·.,.·.,. }' •••

.· •

(

Ji ... ..

.. •••

. . . ..

•.•• . .

••

.... : :

• •••••

j ........ .

• •• .. . • .

.... .. .... < . . ~

...... . .

• The output relay will be asserted if P.013 (Output Relay Configuration) is configured for IET output.

• The IET fault must be reset using the STOP/RESET key before the drive can be re-started.

If P.026 = 1:

• The motor will coast to rest.

• The output relay will NOT be asserted.

• The drive can be re-started with the START key after the cause of the fault has been re­moved.

P.027 Reverse Disable

If OFF is selected, the forward/reverse input will allow forward or reverse rotation of the motor. When ON is selected, reverse rotation is prohibited. This is true from any control source. ..

..

> :······

.

)

J .•

.

:··

> ..... .. . .

.

·····

: :: : }

,.,.. ··t·•· ,· T \ ... , ;

<• • \ : / .. I··· . ....

: ... . ..... & ii

.. • ····· . / . . .. ·····•·.

{ :: .:,:

....... ... . ..•.. :: . r. •< .... : ..........

•• ... . .. •·· ... .. ::, .

.... .. > <

••

• ...... t •.,

.·• .\ \ >• I ······ L. / ... I ... ...... ..•. • .

.) + ....

.... • . . . .. :: ....

y

i.' .......

• ... •·

\ ..

. .. r ?

• ••

. ....... ,) :

•••

Note that in V/Hz regulation, setting H.016 (Sync Mode Select) to any value but F may cause the motor to operate in the reverse direction briefly regardless of the setting in P.027.

• •••

\ ..•.

. ...

• •• i

. ...

...

. ..

:.

.. .·• .

.

Page 87: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

P.028 RPM Display Scaling

This parameter defines the scaling value (speed or any engineering unit) to be used when displaying RPM in monitor mode.

The value in this parameter will become the maximum displayed value for the RPM monitor mode.

••••••• i,. ....

fr ..

..

~· ~ ~

...

..

·•.

.

............. •· ...... . ····· .

.

. .. ........... ·• ..... · ...

r. • ••

. . .....

.

. . ....

l •••• ••

.

·•.

" : ... ... .

.

... . . .. ··•. .. .......... I L y

··.

······

...... ... .. ····· ).

. > •••

. ' .... <i ........ . . . •.••

.......

. ........ ...... . ....... { J .•·

·•. .. .. ....

. ... • v < ·• .

.... . .....

...

'•

. .

Use the following formulas to solve for the current operating speed or frequency if you have scaled the RPM display.

Vector:

Current Operating Speed in RPM* P.028 = value displayed when P.004 (Max Speed in RPM) RPM mode is selected

V/Hz:

Current Operating Speed in Hz * P.028 = value displayed when H.001 (Base Frequency in Hz) RPM mode is selected

Example:

Your application requires the display to be scaled to show the maximum speed as 800 gallons/minute.

Parameter P.004 (Maximum Speed) = 1722

Step 1 . Set parameter P.028 = 800.

Step 2. Enter the RPM monitor mode by pressing the PROGRAM key until the PROGRAM LED turns off and the RPM LED turns on.

Step 3. Start the drive (press the START key).

Step 4. When the drive is run to rated speed, the display shows that speed is 800 gallons/ minute. If you solve for current speed above, your result will be 1722.

P.029 Elapsed Time Meter .... .. ....

······ ···•·

. ... .. r ······ ....

. . .... ......... ..... ·•• • •••• i( ·····• .. ... ( •·< . ..

. ... . ..... .•

······ ····.:.. .....

. .. •·········

< .. ..

I <

·······

.,.. i .........

... , . .. ) ./

. .. .. .... \ }

. ·•· r .......... < <••

..... • ... t This parameter displays the number of days (24-hour periods) that the drive has been under power or the time elapsed since the Elapsed Time Meter Reset (P.030) parameter was last reset.

... ··• . . \l <.•· .... ··•··

·······1

~·· ..... -q )t •• ••• )./ {( •·•.• ... \ \ \ .......... •

... \

······ . \ •••• C

... . ·. . . .. .... /( . . • .• ) ? • •••

... ..

··· ... ·/ . .. / ............. . .......... ..... ·.· .. > I

.... ... ............ .. <• •

... .. .. . .•.. .... \ ...... .··· . . ····· ..

•••• J ... / . ... ...

. • . . .. ..

.. .... ... . . ... . . .... . .

4-21

Page 88: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

4-22

P.030 Elapsed Time Meter Reset

This parameter sets parameter P.029 (Elapsed Time Meter) and the error log clock to zero. This parameter is set to OFF after the reset operation is carried out.

·• :

:

••

: ..... ::

:

r

4

....... .....

•>< ... ? •.. j

: ....

: :: :,:

.. ::

iC /

: : :::

i

{ ) •· ...... xt •·········· :

>• > :

....... .· .......... : :

: •> :

••••••• ) ......

.. : :

•::

•••

•:•• ..... ·

'

••

t :::

P.031 to P.038 Preset 1 Through Preset 8

This parameter allows the setting of up to eight different preset speeds.

.. ·· •·•. • ..•..... )/ ....

:, -'C :, :.

: .. : :,

:··.•

,:

:

·• : .....

,: ..... :

) . •

II····r•

•• :

. ... :::

\. I

·• •·• ..... T , .•·•••,•· •.• ·•.: : ... ::..: :+,:. •. ·• : ,',,' :

: : :,, : .: •,:·:

.:

••

:: .... :·: :

·:

ii it <· : J:·· ,:

·• ).• ..

>> >>> :::::,

\ ... .. ..... .. ...... .........

'''' :: > : < ::

: : .:.:•:•.:• :

·::

:: .: ,: : : ::•

••• •

) : :

> ••.•

/

~Iii '''

:•:::'· •:::: ::,;,·,,,,

< \ ·•••••· : :. ,·: / { .. \}\ :

··· . r r : . :, , .... : ,:

.:·\ ··:

::.·

•• ::,:

·: •.

:,: " ·, :. •,•:

•• ·· ··· l L i.\ . . :. \: •··• . :•:·': ti { .:.::::,:.: ,.:.:,:.: :.:::::::

The presets are configured using parameters P.007 and P.008. P.008 must be set to values of either 2, 3, or 4 for preset speeds. See Table 4.2 and figure 4.7.

Table 4.2 - Preset Speed Digital Inputs

Digital Inputs (Terminals) Preset Speed 8 (17) 7 (18) 6 (19) Parameters

0 0 0 P.031

0 0 1 P.032

0 1 0 P.033

0 1 1 P.034

1 0 0 P.035

1 0 1 P.036

1 1 0 P.037

1 1 1 P.038

0 = Digital Input Open = Digital Input Closed

y • •••

\ x•···

•,:,

....... . ...

\ .•

••• ... i

:

\ : :•··•:

······ < ..•. :, .. · ) .... •

:

.. : :·

:,

:,

•: :

..

:.: .. :

i :·• •:

Page 89: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

P.031 to P.038 Preset 1 Through Preset 8 (continued)

P.038

P.036 LP.ro, L ,--------r---------1

P.035 L P.ro. L

P.031 P.032 LP.Oas L Preset L

#1

L : I I

RUN AND START

DIGITAL IN 6 (TERM. 19) ----

DIGITAL IN 7 (TERM. 18) ___ __,_ _ __,

DIGITAL IN 8 (TERM. 17) ---____,.----.----+----1

I I

I CLOSEµ

I

CLOSED 1

I I

CLOSED I

Figure 4. 7 - Typical Preset Speed Operation

P.040 Motor Overload Enable

This parameter enables the electronic motor thermal overload function. This function operates similarly to a motor overload relay to protect the motor from overheating.

.·· <,;~i··;·it·r•••·r••••·•··•\••···•· r····· r1iiii±···~···•· ni:ad•i+· ·

> : 1.t .•• ··: "" \. > •.••·• .• ... :: : ·• •· •.•. ::. ·) • ( \ .:: / •· I

NOTE: P.040 is applicable to single-motor applications only.

\•:: :::.: : : .·::::? •. > :. :· .•• / : : •:: / • •: : f.. : • ·:· : : ~ ... :

.•.•... , •.•....•..•..• \·········.· .. · ..•. •·•······.··• • ) <· --- < ! •

.

:

I

:•: :::

.........

.. •·

:,:··

.... ,.

: ::: :

::< .:

•••

:··· i .... i

r ....

.. ·•

4-23

Page 90: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

4-24

P.040 Motor Overload Enable (continued)

CAUTION: For single-motor applications with no external thermal overload relay, this parameter should always be set to ON. Failure to observe this precaution could result in damage to, or de­struction of, the equipment.

For V/Hz regulation, the drive trips after 60 seconds at 150% of Motor Nameplate Amps (H.002) and will display fault code OL. The motor overload protection fault level depends on the settings of the Motor Overload Type selection (P.041) and Motor Nameplate Amps (H.002).

For vector regulation, the drive trips after 60 seconds at 150% of Motor Nameplate Amps (U.004) and will display fault code OL. The overload current amount is automatically calculated by the GV3000 software based on the Motor Nameplate Amps (U.004).

NOTE: While the electronic thermal overload relay is similar to a motor overload relay, neither measures actual motor temperature. Temperature-measuring devices integral to the motor are the best way to thermally protect A-C motors under all conditions.

P.041 Motor Overload Type ' ' ' f '·{

... ,•'\•• , .. ,. ...... ~; ....... <··· > ,. ·' , ..

.. . ...... ..... .... . ,, . ,,, ...

~~ <·

.\ . ···) i . ·······

; \ •.•, .... , ... '·• ...... p, ,,

. \ ,,, . , .. it,,• '

,. ,, .. f'

.. . , .

This parameter specifies the type of motor being used to determine the electronic motor thermal overload function characteristics.

'., "! { '.,. .... t? ( . .... ,,, .. ... } •· .

. ,' .. ,.' '

Output Current

100

38

5

I I I I I I

Standard I motor (P.041 = nC~

I

Base Frequency 2

Output Frequency (Hz)

,, ... ,,

'

) '

., .. '

Figure 4.8 - Overload Profile at 100% Output Current

' ···< ..• { ',,,,

. ' .. '

,. ,,

.

••

,.

Output Current

100

50

19

5

.. , .. ,,, .......

······· ,,.

' ,,• ...• ii ,,.

, .. ()

Base Frequency 2

'' .... ,

..,

•••

Output Frequency (Hz)

.. ,

,', , ..

,··

. .. ,.\ ) {

Figure 4.9 - Overload Profile at 50% Output Current

. .,' )

·•• I ,·

, ....

, ... ,.

FC)

Page 91: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

P.042 Line Dip Ride Through Time

For V/Hz regulation, this parameter sets the maximum time allowed for the drive to stay active during low line voltage or line voltage loss.

For vector regulation, this value is fixed at 500 ms.

•• 1~j .. ...

:,:

'' :

~~ / ...

:

•:.

•··

~ . ·

:

·•.

:

:

::

r

•· ...... .-:•• .. •·••' :

: ·: ,: ...

····••< r ••• •

... ... :

}

•••• •• \

" : ... :•:

•••

:

•... :

"

: ' :.:

·•

,,: . .. .. . .. : y y : . .. : ... .... ·:, . .. ::

. ' .. .. :•··· : '··· ..........

••• .· .... / (

..... : : :,:: .......

..... ........ ... ... { • ....

< .... ········{{ . ... ... ,: :•:• \ .•

•.•• :

: ... :•:

:

,: . .. : :U

If D-C bus voltage drops below the low D-C bus voltage threshold for more than the time set in P.042, fault code LU is logged. The drive may or may not be in run mode. After line voltage has been restored, the fault must be reset, and then the drive may be restarted.

For V/Hz regulation, alarm code LIL will flash on the display during a line dip ride through. The levels for LIL and LU depend on the parameter setting for A-C Line Voltage (H.021).

P.043 Fault Auto Reset Attempts

This parameter selects the number of times the drive will attempt to reset drive faults. NOTE: The drive will re-start after a reset if the start input is still asserted. ••

•••

•••

''

.:::

:.

....

. :

''

': .. , ..... ·:

,<··•

·: )r -..

.:

: .... ••••

> .•• t

• •••••••••

... ·: '·:,,

<· .. ?( •> :,:

: . .. : ...

: .: ..

:, : • <::

... .... ' :: : : ,:

•••• ••• •••••

.•·· > t

\ .. ,,•,

C ...... · ... .., ·: ,: .: t .......

'~ : .....

/,. ... <:: .:. : ·: • :

,: : \ / ·:

J .• ...... .:: ·L .. .' .... i \ :

: .:

:: ,: : .. ,.;. .i •· : :

< •••

:, :.: :

.: : ,:: :,, .:

•••

'·: .. ·. .... , \ :•:. )··· :, :

/ .. ·•

.......... :,: :

•••

..

• ••• ·• .. L< . ...........

NOTE: Auto reset will be disabled during the vector self-tuning operation and the V/Hz identification procedure.

•········· ::

<

······· . ........

... ) :

. ... } ':,:

. .. (

.......

) ·:,

)'

i•·· . ..

If the auto reset feature is enabled (P.043 is not equal to 0), faults detected while the drive is running are logged and reset. The drive will then wait the amount of time specified in P.044 (Fault Auto Reset Time) and, if the start input is asserted from the selected control source, start the drive automatically.

If the fault occurs again, the drive will wait and try to re-start up to the programmed number of attempts. If the drive faults on all of these attempts, it will remain in the faulted state and will display the fault code on the keypad/display.

The following faults cannot be auto reset:

Fault Code Description

FL Function loss

CHS Checksum fault

SF Vector self-tune procedure fault

PH Output phase loss

HID V/Hz identification procedure aborted

nlD V/Hz identification procedure not completed

EEr Failed write to non-volatile memory

OSP Overspeed

OF Overfrequency

PUo Power unit overload

<

I .... i ... :/ ... .... \ }

•• :r

····· ...... )(

/{ .... i :

i ..

•••

• ••

4-25

Page 92: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

4-26

P.044 Fault Auto Reset Time

This parameter specifies the amount of time the drive will wait to attempt to reset drive faults. Note that the drive must run for at least five (5) minutes in order to reset the number of fault reset attempts to the value in P.043.

:

·• :

••

·• :

)

,,

:: ....

.

... ' .. :

:::

••

•••

:, ...... : :• xt •·········· :

..... ... : ·: : :

• •• ··• .. · r : : •.:•, ......... : :

.... \ ••

....

:

·: :

c :::

::,:

"

.... .. ... ::• ,,: : ..

:' .. I / y

? ·:, :: :•.

······

. ... :

•:: : : ····· ).

·•······· .· < )> •••

.· . ... <i . ....... ,','

:,:: .......

) • ••

{ •,, .. :·,: ::•::::• { ... :::

: ... .... \ .•

:.; } ....

.•. . .. / .: )

,:::(],

NOTE: After the drive has detected the fault and is counting down the auto-reset time period, the display will flash the countdown period in seconds in the following format:

''Ar30 ... Ar29 ... Ar28 ......... Ar01 ... Ar00"

If during this countdown, the user presses the keypad STOP/RESET key, or asserts the fault reset from the selected control source, the auto-reset countdown will stop, and all faults will be reset.

P.047 Carrier Frequency (kHz)

• •••

' ........ \ ·::• ,: ····<··· : ·::·•:y :::::: :

: ,. ... :i : ,.,••· / ? ·•·•· .. :.: .. ..... •.:• .. ·:: ,:/':' <· > : ·: ,:

This parameter can compensate for acoustic noise by allowing adjustment of the switching frequency of the transistors in the inverter bridge.

..... ,

? .• > )..:. \ \ / : :,] .

) r :

/:\ ..... . : ... . : ······· \ :·• . :.· i •y•: : ) •:

.... t? ( : I~ .... .... . ....... : ........... . :

:1 •. : •:: :: : • .. : .: ,: .: •:•\ ... {

'···· . .: ' .:

. : .•:: .

• ••

·•• I :•:: ]

~ : ,.:

~ an ::.· :: ,:::

]: .:,:

.. .... ,:::

NOTE: Keeping the carrier frequency at B kHz will ordinarily provide the quietest motor operation. Setting the carrier frequency above 2 kHz on MIN 30R4140, 50R4140, 75R4140, and 125R4140 power modules results in the derating of the maximum output current. With a 4 kHz carrier frequency, derate the power module maximum output current by 20%. With an 8 kHz carrier frequency, derate by 40%. See instruction manual D2-3324 for the power module ratings at a 2 kHz carrier frequency See P.095 in this chapter which displays the maximum output current rating of the drive.

\ •,:,

. ...

••• i

:

.,·

...

• ••• )

·,,

Page 93: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

P.048 Volts/Hertz or Vector Mode Select

•• 1~j .. .. : •·· •· ...... : .

:.: ::

. .... ::• . .. •·········

< ~~

x: ......... : y This parameter selects the drive regulator type: volts/hertz <Y /Hz) or vector.

:

/ .....

:

•:.

~ . ·

:

·•.

:

··· ... ·

:···••< r •••

.. :•: }

\

" :•:

: ·: r+ ;;i ·• ...

: .. :

. .. ....

•••• ••

I

< ·•.

: ... : .:

•••

( :··:

'> •. '

: :: ::

: ····· ). < .... <i ... i . •.•:

.......

·······

.... ········{{ .... ... { • .... . ........ .. ... : : .... • :•:• \ .• ... ) •.••

•·: : : : .... •

.. } .... .. : .... •

...... < u· ...

.: ... .. : . ........... •.•. r

For V/Hz control, the drive provides open-loop volts per hertz regulation which is appropriate for general purpose applications.

For vector control, the drive provides closed-loop speed or torque regulation over wide speed ranges. This requires a pulse tachometer mounted to the motor and connected to the drive.

Switching from one regulator type to the other will take approximately 5 seconds. The drive will reinitiate power-up diagnostics (SELF will appear on the display and all LEDs will turn on for approximately 4 seconds).

Changing this parameter will also restore default values for all First and Second Menu General parameters (P.---) as if a Restore Defaults command (P.050 = ON) was given. However, this will NOT change the value of P.048 or P.049 (Country Default Select).

NOTE: A// other parameter values must be verified if this parameter is changed after initial Programming, regardless of whether they are restored to their default values.

P.049 Country Default Select

This parameter selects the factory default settings for the First and Second Menu General parameters. USA default settings are listed throughout this chapter. Refer to Appendix E for the European and Japanese default settings.

P.050 Restore Defaults •·:

:

. :

••

. :

:::

....

..

. :

. .... .. :

......

: . ..

::

•••

: :

. ...

:: ... ) . ····.•·

.. : ::•: :,:,:

: ··.·· •.... ... :

••

... :: ::

. .. . .. ... .. > ..

······ ·" (

•• > .. ::, {(

:

:

•••

... •·•.• ...

I .... i ... :/ ...

ii

:•:

/

. .. i

This parameter resets all First and Second Menu General parameters (P.---) to factory default settings.

•.• I

.......... • •.•:

: ::

... i ... ••• /(

\< . ... ,::

·····.··

. ..

•••• :C

. ... • •.• ) ? • ••• : .;.···

: : .. ···. :·

·········

... :.·.' .. > I ... : : \ .... : ·: : ... : :.·· ....................... .... ...........

···· .. :· <: : .

••••

•. ·•. > \ :

... :: ·:. .: .: :

.• ) .. } ...... · \ ······ ) •·••· .. > \·'·• •.

: : .: .:: ..............

4-27

Page 94: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

4-28

P.051 Programming Disable

When the password is entered into this parameter, parameter values cannot be modified from the keypad unless the correct password is entered again. Refer to section 4.2, Ensuring Program Security, for more information.

'

·• '

••

·• ....

'

:,

)

,,

::

•••

xt •·········· . ..... '•'

···•··· ...... .... \

... ' ·: :

...

••

:::

::,:

"

WARNING

:, ...... : : .ti '

: ·: ' ,''''''''''

.. ,:

' ,·,·················, :

••

:

:

c :

.•.

.:

..

·• :•

..... :' ..

• •••

. y ' ' / .... < :

::• ' :

····· ). .' .. . ... <i . .......

•.•: ., .. , ..

... . • { •,, ..

•••

.... :,•::::• { .... ... :: ...

... ,: . : ... ,: .... \ .•

'.''

.... : ,: .

:.; : :

} ....

. ... / )

,:::(],

IT IS THE USER'S RESPONSIBILITY TO DETERMINE HOW TO DISTRIBUTE THE PASSWORD WITHIN THEIR ORGANIZATION. RELIANCE ELECTRIC IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR UNAUTHORIZED ACCESS VIOLATIONS WITHIN THE USER'S ORGANIZATION. FAILURE TO OBSERVE THIS PRECAUTION COULD RESULT IN BODILY INJURY.

P.060 Network Drop Number

. . ........ , ........ ... t • > ··• ,:: .. : •••.• ·.···· . ···•· .• H •·• h < .··· ·• .. , .. · .. •

········<. / i i .

' ···<( ... :• > .. : : . .. ( . . . <( :•: .... > • . ••. ( .•.• .... : : . •.: \ .... .....

' ··. ::: :·' ••::• .. •. I < : : •:: \ : •:•\ ... { . '···: :·· .: .· .. : • .. : .: ' .: u •,:

' .:

·. ··: ,', ·•:

·•• I

: .•:: . .: : ·•

' ' '• •••

'··· :•:• ,: .....

' Ii •• j'~·hl

' '

: : ·:. ::

'

..

' ,,,, ..

> : :: .'\ :: :, ,::,, ...

\ ,,,,

....

••• i

'

.,·

•••• )

·:,

. :·

This parameter specifies the base drop number to which the AutoMax Network Communication Option Board will respond on the AutoMax network. Assigning a value to this parameter is equivalent to setting the thumbwheel switches on the faceplate of the AutoMax Network Communications module (M/N 57C404).

:·····: \. > ......

> >P •t (/ , ····. :··: , : .... } \ ·) :(\, /''· ,: /( ,·:,.•

:··· :··:,

i i •.. .·• . . ·•.····

• ,:, J ..... /f .. · ·• J { ·· •· ··· .·· ) \) \ •·· ··· r {i ··· ···

. :·· •:• .... y :

. <L ]> :,, •:: ... . . ·•· •· ... < .,. •.·• .. •. L ..• <.. ? ... .) •••··• ·••· ..... \ ... \ < .• L .. ,<,

) .......

This parameter must be set at the drive via the keypad/display or via a personal computer serial interface. This parameter cannot be written to the drive by the network master.

. .. :,•,;

Page 95: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

P.061 Network Connection Type

This parameter selects one of two AutoMax network connection types.

•• 1~j .. ...

.. :

~~ / ....

:

•:.

•··

~ . ·

:

·•.

:

··· ... ·

•· ...... : . x: ......... :

: ·: r+ ·• ...

:···••< r ••• •

: •.·.

... :•: : '\ + }

•••• •• < \

" : ... :•: .

(

.. :.: ·•

..... ::• . ..

•········· ···U y

: < : :: ::

·•:• ... x•···

< . ...

.......

·······

....

............ { .... ... . ....... { J .•· . ........

·•. : : .... • v < ·• ... ) •·: : : : .... • .: ... :•:

•••

:. } .... .. : .... • < u·

:··: ... .: ... .. :

. ........... •.•. r Setting P.061 = O provides basic drive control from the AutoMax network. You can control functions such as start/stop, reset, reference, and basic tunable parameters such as accel, decel, minimum speed, maximum speed, etc. See instruction manual D2-3308 (AutoMax Network Communications Option Board) for a complete list of parameters that can be controlled. This configuration will occupy a single drop image area on the AutoMax network. This single drop area contains 32 read registers and 32 write registers. Setting P.061 = 1 provides full drive control from the AutoMax network. In addition to the information available with the basic connection, all other drive parameters and diagnostic data are provided. See instruction manual D2-3308 for a complete list of the parameters that can be controlled. This configuration will occupy three drop areas on the AutoMax network, with each drop area providing 32 read registers and 32 write registers.

P.062 Option Port: Communication Loss Select ... / .......... •: .,.. .. \ .... ••···: : : :: •: :.:• 'j\{ :· :·: • :n:: ·: : :::.: : . : ...

··•( :: •::\ : : : / > : .•••. • .. : : ) ••

• ... : .: •:: . ::: • .. :

: .... ··: ·•:

••• •• •••

·• : :>o

·• : :•:: ..

: ..

: ·:.

I ....

~:~;~ .. :

This parameter specifies how the drive will respond to a network communication failure if the option port (AutoMax Network Communications Option Board) has been selected as the drive control source (P.000 = OP).

. .. . ··: ... : ... ...

·: : . . ..

... .... ) :: :u •••••·••

. ...

> ··t·•· ···\· ·•··. .. (

(:" : ':":'. /} ... ······· . .... : ....... ... : ·7::· ••• .

• •

If the option port is not in control of the drive, but is only monitoring drive operation, then loss of network communications will have no effect on drive operation. In all cases, the AutoMax Network Communications Option Board, upon loss of communication with the network master, will attempt to re-establish the communication link.

If P.062 = 0

The drive will consider a loss of network communication a drive fault resulting in an IET-type stop sequence.

To eliminate extraneous fault conditions when a drive configured for network operation is powered up, the drive will delay for approximately 1 O seconds after power up before annunciating a fault condition. A fault condition will be annunciated if network communication is not established before the 10-second power-up timer expires, or if network communication was established and then lost.

<

I .... i ... :/ ...

ii

:: :

•••

::

••••

...

..··

: ..

U:

/'

4-29

Page 96: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

4-30

P.062 Option Port: Communication Loss Select (continued)

Response to Network Communication Loss:

• The drive will latch a fault condition and periorm a coast-to-stop sequence.

• A fault code will be logged in the drive's error log and displayed on the front panel display (nCL).

• The front panel REMOTE LED will flash to indicate that the network is inactive.

• Once network communication has been re-established, a reset will be required to re-start the drive. (NOTE: A fault reset does not clear the error log).

If P.062 = 1

The drive will continue to operate using the last reference received from the network master.

WARNING

IN VOLTS/HERTZ REGULATION, IF P.000 (CONTROL SOURCE SELECT) IS SET TO OP (OPTION PORT), AND P.062 IS SET TO 1 (HOLD LAST REFERENCE), AND THE DRIVE LOSES COMMUNICATION WITH THE NETWORK, THE DRIVE WILL MAINTAIN THE LAST FREQUENCY SENT TO IT. ENSURE THAT DRIVEN MACHINERY, ALL DRIVE-TRAIN MECHANISMS, AND PROCESS LINE MATERIAL ARE CAPABLE OF SAFE OPERATION AT THE MAXIMUM OPERATING SPEED OF THE DRIVE. FAILURE TO OBSERVE THIS PRECAUTION COULD RESULT IN BODILY INJURY.

WARNING

IN VECTOR REGULATION, IF U.000 (TORQUE REFERENCE SOURCE) IS SET TO 2 (OPTION PORT), AND P.062 IS SET TO 1 (HOLD LAST REFERENCE), AND THE DRIVE LOSES COMMUNICATION WITH THE NETWORK, THE DRIVE WILL NO LONGER BE REGULATING SPEED. INSTEAD, MOTOR SPEED WILL VARY ACCORDING TO THE LOAD, UP TO THE OVERSPEED LIMIT. ENSURE THAT DRIVEN MACHINERY, ALL DRIVE-TRAIN MECHANISMS, AND PROCESS LINE MATERIAL ARE CAPABLE OF SAFE OPERATION AT THE MAXIMUM OPERATING SPEED OF THE DRIVE. FAILURE TO OBSERVE THIS PRECAUTION COULD RESULT IN BODILY INJURY.

Response to Network Communication Loss:

• A fault will not occur.

• An entry will be made into the drive's error log for each active-to-inactive transition of the net­work communication status.

• The REMOTE LED will blink to indicate that the network is inactive.

• Once network communication has been re-established, the drive will once again follow the reference and sequencing control inputs supplied by the network master.

If the drive loses communication with the network, overspeed protection for the drive will be in effect under all circumstances. For V/Hz regulation, overspeed protection is programmed by the user in H.022. For vector regulation, overspeed protection is fixed at 130% of Maximum Speed (P.004). When the motor goes above the overspeed limit, the drive faults and stops. Note that in this configuration, it may not always be possible to stop the drive over the network.

Page 97: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

P.062 Option Port: Communication Loss Select (continued)

If P.062 = 2 The drive will obtain its speed/torque reference from the terminal strip analog input and its stop input from the terminal strip stop input. All other inputs are held at the last values received from the network master. This will allow the network master to continue controlling the drive reference with a direct-wired analog output to input, and to stop the drive with a direct-wired digital output to input. Note that once the drive is stopped while in this mode, it cannot be re-started until network communication is re-established or the Control Source (P.000) is changed. Response to Network Communication Loss:

• A fault will not occur.

• An entry will be made into the drive's error log for each active to inactive transition of the net­work communication status.

• The REMOTE LED will flash to indicate that the network is inactive.

• Once network communications has been re-established, the drive will once again follow the reference and sequencing control inputs supplied by the network master.

Note that in this configuration, it may not always be possible to stop the drive over the network.

P.063 Option Port: Network Reference Source Select

This parameter specifies where the drive will get its reference when the option port is selected as the control source (P.000 = OP).

NOTE: Speed or torque control is configured by parameter U.000 (Torque Reference Source). One of its selections is the option port.

If P.063 = 0, the reference is obtained from register 33 of the first drop image.

In V/Hz regulation, the value in register 33 represents speed in hertz scaled Oto 4095 for Oto Maximum Speed (P.004).

In vector regulation, if U.000 2, the value in register 33 represents torque in amps scaled Oto 4095 for Oto 150% torque. If U.000 = O or 1, this value represents speed in RPM scaled Oto 4095 for O to Top Speed (U.017).

Refer to the AutoMax Network Communication Option Board instruction manual (D2-3308) for more information.

If P.063 = 1, the reference is obtained from network broadcast registers 1 to 8, respectively. Refer to the AutoMax Network Communications Module instruction manual (J2-3001) for a description of network broadcast registers.

I

4-31

Page 98: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

4-32

P.065 Option Port: Type and Version

This parameter displays the network option type (always 2000) plus the software version number.

For example, for software version 1 .23, the value displayed will be 2123; for version 1 .01, the value will be 2101.

.

·• .

••

·• .

)

.. ....

.

.. . ..

...

P.095 Power Unit Output Amps

This parameter displays the maximum output current rating of the drive. The maximum value of Current Limit (P.005) corresponds to P.095.

.. .... .. ....

. ...

.

···••··· n . ·• ':''.'}.•' .

....

..... . ...

'

•••

' ..

••

•······ ..

•· ...... . .......... xt •·········· .

.

..... ... . .. . ..

.. . • I

• ············· ......... . .·.·

.... \ ••

. . . .

c ... . ..

. ..

..

•••> .. . .. . ..... ... ...... •·

.

..

................ . ..... ... . ......

.. ... ··• . .. .... • •••

Ji I { y

• •••

.

······

. .... . •• · ..• < ... .. ····· ) .

} > •••

. ' .... <i ........ . . •.••

.......

•••

.... ........ { ........ ...... { • .... .. > ..

. ... • . ... \ .• •.•'

. :

. . ... ...... } ....

... ... ...

..

ii

. ...

....

•....... ·· .. r .... /\ .

. .. .

. ... . .. ••• T

. .... . ... •

........ ; .. ;

. ....... .. ....

i ... ... . ....

. ... . .

. ... ······ . ...... . ............ '' .. . •.> ....... >

For example, if P.095 = 11 .0 and P.005 = 110% if maximum, then the maximum output current rating with no overload rating (100% rating) = 10.0 amps.

P.098 Software Version Number

The parameter displays the software version number.

\ ..•.

. ...

••• i

.

.,·

)

.

. ..

Page 99: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

P.099 Power Unit Type

This parameter displays the type of power module the drive was configured for.

••••••• i,. ....

·+ ) ?

.

~· ~ ~

...

.

" ... ..

••• • ••

•· ...... ... •· .......•. . . .. .

... r+ ••••

·• ... r,

••• •

. .....

••

..... . .

~ . ...

:

... ) .

••••••

. ..

... ··• . .. . ..

•········· Ji I +

....... y .

······

. .... .. .. . ...... ·•··

... .. ····· ) . < } > •••

. · .... <i ... i . . . •.••

.......

······· .. .... { ........ ... ... / • .... . ........

) .... ... ... ... .. .... • ....

/ \ .. ... ) •.••

) •·. .. ) ... . ... •

( ...

•. < ••.• •• •

.... • .... . .. .... ..

The power module type is displayed in the format V.nnn where V represents the drive's panel rating (2 230V, 4 460V, 5 575V), and nnn represents horsepower. For example, the display 4. 50 represents 460V, 50HP.

<

I .... i

• • ./ . ..

l

4-33

Page 100: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

4.5.4 Second Menu V/Hz Parameter Descriptions (H.000 to H.022)

4-34

H.000 Motor Nameplate Volts .

,\ . ... . . /. ) .. ............

... ? ....... \> . ......... ... ••

. .

This parameter identifies the motor nominal voltage as it appears on the motor nameplate.

~

:..

i

~!li ,,,::.:. .. , ....

. <

.. ...

H.001 Motor Nameplate Base Frequency

This parameter configures the V/Hz ratio.

.... ..

. .

.... .... •

••

• ••

T

•• .:.•

. .. ..... . • .. .. ... ... { • .... .ir.

. . ... ... .. .... • . ... \ .•

••

. . •.••

...... . .. } ....

... / )

Base frequency is the frequency at which the output voltage reaches Motor Nameplate Voltage (H.000). Below base frequency, the output voltage varies with output frequency according to the V/Hz adjustment in parameter H.018 (Volts/Hertz Curve Mode). Above base frequency, output voltage is held constant as frequency increases (constant horsepower range).

The V/Hz ratio is affected by the selection of Volts/Hertz Curve Mode in H.018 and the setting of Torque Boost Voltage in H.003.

100

Motor Voltage, (H.000)

(Volts)

30

Maximum V/Hz

Minimum V/Hz

Output Frequency (Hz)

Figure 4.1 O - Volts/Hertz Ratio

H.001

••• i

.

Page 101: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

H.002 Motor Nameplate Amps

•••••••

.... .. ............. •· ......

. .. . ..

·•

..... .. . ..

•··· •····· < .

< {[ This parameter is the motor amp rating as it appears on the motor nameplate.

i,.

fr

~· ~ ...

..

~

r.

.. l ·•.

" . ...

··· ... ·

. .. . ' ·• ........ •··

• ••

. . .....

.

. ·······

• ••••• < ·•.

: ... : •

•••

( ... .

J .

. < .\ .. .. < . .

. .. .......

······· . ... . ....... { J .•· .........

... .. .... • v < ·• . .. ) •·. .. . .... • • . .

.. } ....

•••

.... • < u· .. .....

•••

. ........... • .•. r

CAUTION: This parameter must not exceed the rated amps found on the motor nameplate. Over­current or excess heating of the motor could result if this is not done. Failure to observe this precau­tion could result in damage to, or destruction of, the equipment.

H.003 Torque Boost Voltage

This parameter sets the percentage of output voltage boost at zero frequency. It is set as a percentage of Motor Nameplate Volts (H.000).

..

·····

.......... /h

• ..

\ ·•

?

....

... .. • .. .

.. • ••

····J \ ).• ..

\

.·. i ...• . .... . .

. ... ... . ....

. . . . -.. .L. \ ...... \ .... . .. . .. \ .... .... ...

Torque boost is required to offset the voltage drop of the A-C motor at low speeds. For high friction loads and high inertia loads, high starting torque may be needed. Increasing Torque Boost Voltage will increase motor starting torque.

(

.

<

When H.003 = 0, the drive automatically provides torque boost voltage that is a function of motor load. If the torque boost voltage setting is too high, the motor may draw excessive starting current, resulting in an OL or PUo fault, or the drive may go into current limit and not accelerate. If the motor does not accelerate or a fault occurs, set parameter H.003 equal to 0.

Voltage Output

%

Torque Boost H.003 = 1% •

1 ,

0

I , , , I

, ' constant ' V/Hz Ratio

Base

Output Frequency (Hz)

\

Figure 4.11 - Torque Boost Voltage

I .... i ...• ./ . ..

ii

• .....

H

..... )(

/{ i ../

4-35

Page 102: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

4-36

H.004 Slip Compensation

This parameter is used to improve motor speed regulation by increasing the output frequency applied to the motor (the percentage of frequency rise at Power Unit Output Amps (P.095)).

:

·• ······ : ::

•• •

:

:

: .. •

.... •'· ....

..... iC •>< /

>>

Ii

\ ..

:,:

{ ) •·

xt •·········· .

..... >

• . ' .......... :

: •> \ ... \

:•:

•••

:

•... .

:: :·:

...... \ ... .. ... ••' ··•: .. . ...

T 1~ : ·: ···. ::

······ .~ : .. :

.' t i} •••

.' : ; ... :: .......

••

: :

: : r r- '., .•·

: : : : ... \ .. •.•'

: :

••••• ••

::; ::, :•:

•••

:

: : ::

The level of increased output frequency is a function of the value entered in H.004 and the motor current.

Actual motor shaft speed is determined by two factors: inverter output frequency and the slip of the motor. The speed reference is converted into output frequency. Motor slip is determined by the type of induction motor and varies with load.

• •••

At rated load, slip compensation measures inverter output current and increases the output frequency by the percentage entered in H.004. Below rated load, slip compensation will increase inverter output frequency by the percentage in H.004 multiplied by the percent of rated load.

Because of load changes, the long-term speed behavior of the motor is greatly improved through the use of this parameter.

To calculate the value entered for H.004, use the following equation:

Max Power Unit H.004 = 100 * Synchronous RPM Nameplate RPM * Amps

Synchronous RPM Motor Nominal Current

Synchronous RPM = 120*F

No. of Motor Poles

Example: 1722 RPM Motor Nominal Current = 78% of Maximum Power Unit Amps (P.095) V/Hz regulation 2 kHz

H.004 = 100 * 1800 -1722 * 100% = 5.56%

1800 78%

If the parameter is set to zero, motor speed will not be proportional to reference, but will vary depending on load.

\ •,:,

. ...

••• i

:

Page 103: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

H.005 D-C Braking Enable

This parameter enables or disables D-C braking.

•• 1~j .. .

.. :

~~ / .....

•··

~ .-:•· .. ·····

. · :···••< r : .. :•:

}

'

.

•· ...... : .

:.: .. :

: ·: r+ I l ·• ...

••• •

: ·····:: :

: . ..... ....

• •••••

..... ;

:

..... :· ...... . ..

•········· : .. '

y ••••

•.: :: ::

.It ~l .. :•···

< .. i ::• ... : .......

·······

•••

............ { .... ... . ....... { J .•· .........

: : .... • v < ·• ... ) : : :

... :•:

D-C braking is used to provide additional motor braking (by D-C current flow through motor windings) at speeds below D-C Braking Start Frequency (H.006). If D-C braking is required, D-C braking functions (H.008, H.007) must be greater than zero (0).

When the motor decelerates to the preset D-C Braking Start Frequency (H.006), the D-C Braking Voltage (H.007) is applied to the motor after a power module-dependent delay time. However, if the Dynamic Braking Select is set to ON in H.017, then there is no delay for D-C Braking Time (H.008).

NOTE: This function will not provide holding torque as a mechanical brake. D-C braking is only operative when Stop Mode (P.025) is set to 1 (ramp-to-rest stop).

H.006 D-C Braking Start Frequency

This parameter sets the frequency at which D-C braking begins.

•••

:::•:•:•::··.··.··· .

I ~~Ii

.

J\ T \\• ... ,.

...

> . :

•••

.......... :

• ••

.....................

> ...

<

. .. }'{. ··t·•· .J \ \ .: ? ····•······ .·: .....•..

: ..... . ........ : • ••• .

..•·.·.

/ :

~ I,

.... . ..

....

::

,,. "'

;1

I "I L .. • ···~ ...... . .......

.. ... .... /

\ .... ···•·· . .. :. ······

:.·. ..

With D-C braking enabled (H.005 = ON), braking will be activated after a stop command when the motor speed is less than or equal to D-C Braking Start Frequency (H.006).

: .. :

....

..(

NOTE: If H.005 is set to ON, and this value is set too high, faults may occur (OC, 0Gb, or PUo will be displayed).

<

I .. i ... :/ ... ....

>

••::

.. ••••

. ..

..··

: ..

U:

/

4-37

Page 104: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

4-38

H.007 D-C Braking Voltage

This parameter sets the value of D-C voltage provided to the motor during D-C braking.

.

·• .

••

······ ..

.

.

... •

.... ....... ..... iC •>< /

>>

Ii

\ ..

{ ) •· ...... .. xt •·········· .

.. .. > . .. •

••• .· .......... . . ~ . •> \ •• .. ... \ ..

... •••••

•.

... .. ··• . .. .......... ............... I / y ..

. . ... .... .. ) .

~~; ..... ' .·

• t .... i .

. . •.•• .......

. •

•••

.... ········{{ ........

• ••••• . ....... { J .•· .. .... • v < ·•

•••

...... ::; l

,.

With D-C braking enabled (H.005 ON), the braking torque provided by the motor is defined by a percentage of D-C voltage (100% is rated motor voltage).

NOTE: If H.007 is set too high, faults may occur (QC, 0Gb, or PUo will be displayed).

H.008 D-C Braking Time

This parameter sets the time period for which D-C braking will be applied.

•·

••

••

: '.

> ii y >

......

····· ....

.

.. •.•. :> > ......

t .. .. ..

,,, . ..

... ., .,, .

. . .

•' ..

• •• ~· . .. .. • . ... ... , ... . ..

. .... . .

> ...

. ...

. t ,,

... ... C:,, . \ /

·-> ........ i / ·i f'

• •••

j \ •.. ;y' t '•'. '.• ,. .. ~ .. . ..... .. ·• .

•. < •· ... •. '

\ ..•.

. ...

••• i

.

..

< .

..

•••• ..• y \ ... ......... , ···< \ • ... • .. '"'.:' . •.. {[ L • .. , .... ' .. ) ... ' ) ... ·•· .... :r > :i -n ... .... . .......

··.·. ·· ..... ······ > •••• / • .•.•

... .. ; .. ... ... .... ........... . ... ... ... ....... .. . ...

With D-C braking enabled (H.005 = ON), braking will be activated after a stop command when the decelerating drive reaches a speed corresponding to D-C Braking Start Frequency (H.006). The braking period ends after the programmed time regardless of the actual motor speed. The value should be set to a level that avoids activation at rest.

Page 105: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

H.009 Avoidance Frequency Enable

This parameter enables the avoidance frequency bands selected in H.011, H.013, and H.015.

•• 1~j .. ... ? •.. j

: ....

::

: ... :

.. : •··

~~ ~ / . ·

.. : :

••••••• I •::

:

•· ··•: .:. .-:, ..... : : : :• ... .· ·: ·.·· ••.. ;;

:···••< r •••

: ) : •.· ............ : .·.·

:.::. :• .....

) : ... ... ;

...... ..

> ;,

: : .. •:•• l .••

•?()

.. : . ..

•········· . ;; :· ::•::• .... ·:.

' .. :: ::

••••• <

.· ~MIi < ...

·•··· .l . : .. • •;: : :

. ............ ... ) .... • ·•. \ •.••

•••

: .•

• : :

........

::

: v,i :::

···:;::::/ ..... :,:. ... : :

Operating a motor continuously at a particular frequency may cause vibrational resonance within some machines. Three independent parameter pairs can be configured for avoidance frequency and frequency band to prevent motor vibration by preventing the drive output frequency from operating within the selected band(s).

The actual avoidance frequency selection is limited by Minimum Speed (P.003) and Maximum Speed (P.004). Normal acceleration and deceleration is not affected by this function.

Max Hz

AF--~~~~~~~~~-

Output Frequency

3

AF 2

AF 1

Min Hz Min

I Avoidance Frequency Band

t i I I I

Base Frequency I

Speed Reference Max

Figure 4.12 - Avoidance Frequency Band

<

I ... i

.. . :/ ::: :;: \ }

::::

(

4-39

Page 106: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

4-40

H.01 O, H.012, H.014 Avoidance Frequency Midpoint 1, 2, and 3

This parameter specifies the midpoint of each avoidance frequency band selected in H.011, H.013, and H.015.

:

·• ·• : :

•• ••

:

!Hi~ '

............

?i~~i ·• i

( ::

:,:

•••

:. ....... ::• :, :

• .. i: L

• ••

}

': ·:

:•:

::,:

"

''

...... \ :.:

·•

,,: .

fo lt .· .. '',, :

······ .,, •::

•.:•, < ) •••

:

••

,,•,:

. •

•••

.... ::•::::• { ........ : : : : ... ,: : :

•••• • ••

:

:,,

: :•:::

The adjusted values may be in any order. The frequency will not be affected at normal acceleration or deceleration but will be avoided at continuous output frequency.

H.011, H.013, H.015 Avoidance Frequency Band 1, 2, and 3

This parameter specifies the avoidance frequency band that will be applied to each avoidance frequency midpoint selected in H.011, H.012, and H.014.

The avoided frequency range is:

....

:,

• .. :

•••

pi

' .•

...

• ... • ..

..

':•

'

...

··•>>

·:

.... :, .:

>' '

•\ ·•

. ...

> ..• ••·• .. •:.: ::

'"

"' \:

::.·

....

::, .

,:, ,,,: \·''' :,: '

i •I

' ' :,.:,:, ,: '

.. : .? .. ,,:,

:•:· t? : \ ••··•···• •··• ··•·< r.

·, l\,;I. ,+• •. :: : ,:;::,.

···+ \ . ......... · ) )···· \. • ... • .... : : : .::,/:::: :·: .,,., :·,:,::,·:·::·,:::,::; ;,:·::·;: ::: :::, :·, ,,,;

.. :' ........

• •••

y .... :

: : ····· ). . ' .... <i ,:: ....

: :,:: .......

...... ........ { J .•·

... ,: v < ·• :

::, :•: ::; {

::,: ::

T"" ,: i

..} •·· .... :' •· : :

t. •······ ·····'

:,, .: •::: ': :,::,::· ·:·:·

(Avoidance freq. midpoint 'n' - freq. band 'n'/2) < range < (avoidance freq. midpoint 'n' + freq. band 'n'/2)

where n = 1, 2, or 3.

\ •,:,

. ...

••• i

:

:,

:,

.

• ••• )

Page 107: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

H.016 Sync Mode Select

•• 1~j .. .. : •·· •· ...... :.: •· ..... . ..

•········· <

~~ x: ...... : : :• :: :

It ......

....

~ : ·: r+ I';:: j < ' : ::

I When starting into a rotating ·• ... t < / .· :···••< r

••• •

: •.·. .... .· ~ load is required, this ... ? ... : : .....

) : r• : :

••••

.... i parameter selects the •.. j I

.. ) .. ......

> ••.• :

:················· : : ...

direction in which the drive will > ..• : : ·•. ... ) :/ : ....

•:••

search in order to synchronize ii l .•• : .• ... :• :•:

~11 A :;:

.} ... . .. : \ to motor speed. }

....

\ ... i ... ?{ ··•• r t ........ t.. J .. > ... ••·· t ••· ·•• ·• • •······ .· ··•• ··•• r \. r Lyrx .... >. > ··•· · .·. r .. .. < ··· < //

, t ' '•· • • > ·•.···::··)'/ ·'·•'•••'JA"r+r!•·. \ .. .... f ·•. :' J ..... . < ·•. [ ·:: < < :.,,·'>' .. :t?'.('•··············· ..... "...... : .•. · .... : ... \ ::••: • :i

•.•• lli ·····. ••••···· .•. ··· .. ······· ·· .. i>•·· h ···•·· ·•.• ···• ••·.,... ··• •.•· x··• ~ i 0 , ··· r ..... ·•. ....... i ..... i ........................ 1 .. · > .. > ..... ·•• •.. ··· x ...... · ) ••.•. >> .. ··• ··· 1 • ···•· r ·· ). ..·. ii. .··· ·· ··· <, ••• ··· ·•· ······ .··· .\ •·•

Note that when Reverse Disable (P.027) is set to ON, setting this parameter tor, Fr, or rF may cause the motor to operate in the reverse direction.

H.017 Dynamic Braking Select

This parameter is set equal to ON if a separate Snubber Resistor Kit is used and set equal to OFF if no separate Snubber Resistor Kit is used.

•• :

.

:

..

:

.:

~~1~ // , .•.

•· : :

·:.

:

... :·

: .::

.. : •· :

:• : .•:: . ·• ..

:.

:.

:: :•

·•>.: . <•,····.·

•• y ::: : :::

....... ·,··. :,,: : > < •· •· : ........ : .•

: :: : ·.•·

l I :

:.:

.:,<

:: :•::

··: ::<: ;' : .. :

') .. ... ........ r: .: ·•··. .... :

····< ...

'\ .. . ...

: .. : . :...... . ... .·: ... Ii T >\'· ... ·· •• .... :: :·:

For V/Hz regulation with dynamic braking (snubber resistor) disabled (H.017 = OFF), the deceleration time in P.002 (Decel Time 1) may be extended to prevent a high bus voltage (HU) fault from occurring.

: :

• ••

••••

.. ··

: ..

U:

•••••••••

4-41

Page 108: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

4-42

H.018 Volts/Hertz Curve Mode

This parameter provides an application-dependent selection of nominal motor voltage versus frequency. This selection is effective from any control source.

.

·• .

••

······ ..

. , ...

.

<

.... ....... ..... iC •>< / ... ? .... ( j :<

..

{ ) •· ...... xt •·········· .

..... > . .. •

.... .·

···•··· ...... . •

.....

••

) ••

.. . . . .

.... ..... ·

•·

••• ...

·• . . .

.

.... ... ..

·•

..... ....... • •••

.. . y ... .. .. . ...... . .

. ·····

x•··· . ; .... J . ... . •.••

. ...... ... ..

..... . . > ••• { • ....

.. .. . . ... • .... \ .• •.••

. . .. • ...... :.; . ......... .

• •• ;; .. ... .... ... . ...

. .

Set H .018 = O for constant torque applications (such as extruders and conveyors). Set H.018 1 for use with Reliance Electric RPM A-C motors. A special V/Hz curve (with two different slopes) will provide constant torque capability and best efficiency. Set H.018 = 2 for centrifugal fan and pump motor applications. Refer to figure 4.13.

Motor Voltage (H.000)

V

Hz

Linear (0)

Motor Base Frequency

(H.001)

Motor Voltage (H.000)

V

Hz

, ,

Motor Voltage (H.000)

V

.... Motor Base Frequency

(H.001)

Optimized (1)

Figure 4.13 - Volts/Hertz Curve Selection

Hz .... Motor

Base Frequency (H.001)

Squared (2)

\ ..•.

....

• •• i

. ...

. ..

.

Page 109: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

H.019 Identification Result

•• 1~j .. .. : •·· •· ...... ·•

..... ... •··· •····· < ~~ ~

x: ...... : : :• ... 11111

:· ........ y : ·: ,. ><-.. : :· : :: ::

I This parameter displays the ·• ... .• : < / .· :···••< r

••• •

: •.·. ·•······· i ( .. ......

result of the identification :.::. :• .·.·

.......

J .. i

procedure. Normally, the ... ? ... : : ...

) : ...• /

•.. j I .. ) ..

......

> y ...

identification procedure will be > ..• : : : :i :/ : ....

•:•• -i. l .•• ::: successful, and the value in :• :•: .... :;:

.} • ::: \ H.019 will be= 0. }

.......••.................. rn .. )/ •••...•. > t······ (.) l/"1J 1'-i'''~ .• ··'} \ .•·••···· .< .••.• I ., ·•··

•) .. \ i···· \ ......... •··· :::::::'::::1: ......... < : ... • .. • :.: •::•:·:· .... \ ... • ... : .... :· .··.· :•:•·•: "

.... .·

.....

.. •••••

.. ··

··. _; .... : : •: .::······ :•. ·.· ... •: :.: ·:···· :: / J, '. '.t ~ '( ' y •·: > > i

·•· ) .•• •••··.• ·••· .··•·· .\ Y} .••.. ·•••··. ·•.) L ··•. ··•·. .•.•. ... . •. · • .. ·· t •••• ·•· ... .• •·.•· .. · · • .. ········• ··+··· n ·• .... ,"_..,:fu•··•··•:··•· .··• .. ) {

H.020 Identification Request .. ....

•· •· i;tCi ·• : : : :

.:

:

•• ...

This parameter enables the procedure that identifies power module and motor ch aracteri sti cs. ••• ... r ~~~ : :

. ... ...

... ····.•·

······ ·"

... /!

... ... i .. ·· ...

. ...

( .. )./ {( •·•.• ... \< .... ~ .• :.:

'" .. , .. • \ •••• :C

: .• . .. ) ?. :•: : ·· JUL± . :: ...... • ••

: :

...

... ~,~~ .. :· I

.) : :,: ... :.·.· .. > I .... . .. : • .. ..

···· .. :· <: •

• • .•• (t , .. •> .... ~ .•..

fl ' ... .. J ::: . ..

.:

::

.. : ::: ::::: :::

4-43

Page 110: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

I

4-44

H.020 Identification Request (continued)

WARNING

THE MOTOR SHAFT CAN ROTATE IN EITHER DIRECTION BY UP TO ONE (1) REVOLUTION, PROVIDING MINIMUM TORQUE IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE IDENTIFICATION PROCEDURE HAS BEEN STARTED. STAY CLEAR OF ROTATING MACHINERY. FAILURE TO OBSERVE THIS PRECAUTION COULD RESULT IN BODILY INJURY.

CAUTION: Carrier Frequency (P.047) and Current Limit (P.005) must be set correctly before activating the identification procedure to avoid motor overloading and/or overheating. Failure to observe this precaution could result in damage to, or destruction of, the equipment.

CAUTION: The motor can rotate in the reverse direction even if Reverse Disable has been selected in P.027. Uncouple the motor from any driven machinery that could be damaged by reverse rotation. Failure to observe this precaution could result in damage to, or destruction of, the equipment.

Before starting this procedure, verify that the motor is at rest and connected to the drive. Verify that Motor Nameplate Volts (H.000), Carrier Frequency (P.047), and Current Limit (P.005) are set correctly.

The identification procedure should be run after:

• changing the motor arrangement connected to the inverter

• initial assembly of the inverter (performed at Reliance Electric)

• replacement of the Regulator board The ratio of maximum Power Unit Output Amps (P.095) to Motor Nameplate Amps (H.002) should not be greater than 3:1. (Maximum Power Unit Output Amps is dependent on power module size and the selected Carrier Frequency (P.047)). Compare the value of P.095 to H.002 to decide on the adjustment of Current Limit (P.005) to avoid motor damage.

Do not connect a motor that cannot withstand maximum Power Unit Output Amps reduced by selected Current Limit (P.005).

Note that the identification procedure must not be performed when more than one motor is being driven by the inverter.

To activate the identification procedure after it has been enabled (H.020 = ON), the program mode must be exited. I-En will flash on the display to indicate the procedure has been enabled. The keypad START key must be pressed to start the procedure. I-Ac will flash on the display to indicate the procedure is being performed (active). The results of this procedure are written to parameter H.019.

If the fault code nlD is displayed after a start command is asserted, it indicates that the identification procedure has not been performed. Reset the fault, and then perform the procedure.

If a fault or a stop command is detected, the procedure will abort. Hid will be displayed if the procedure is aborted. Refer to Identification Result (H.019).

Page 111: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

H.021 A-C Line Volts

This parameter is the phase-to-phase line voltage provided to the drive input power terminals.

••••••• i,. ....

·+ ) ?

..

~· ~ ~

...

. ,.

. .. ..

••• • ••

............. •· ...... .. . . ···:tt·•/

... ....................... ··.

·• ... .. · .. , ...... r.

• •• •

. .......•............ . · ... ,..,...,..

..... ••

. . . . ...

• ... ) .

••••••

. . ....

··• . .. ....... . .. •·········

<

1;/ ~. y

······

. .... .. . .

I ... .. ····· ) . < + •••

. · . ... <i . ....... . . •.••

.......

·······

.. i . . ........ ... ... / • .... .........

. ... .. ... ' . .. .... • ....

/ \ .. ... ) ./ •.••

) •·. .. ) ... . ... • . .. .

l •. < ••.• ( •• •

.... • .... . .. .... .

NOTE: For V!Hz regulation, the value entered should be within 10% of actual line voltage. If this parameter is set too low, it may cause a drive fault on oveNoltage.

H.022 Overfrequency Limit

This parameter provides overspeed protection by setting the fault level for maximum frequency output. If actual frequency exceeds the set value, the inverter will fault (OF will be displayed on the keypad/display) and the drive will stop.

The overfrequency limit should be set approximately 15 Hz above Maximum Speed (P.004).

. ....

.... . .

....... \ .•. •······· •· ..•..••..• 'i •··• I< ····· ·•· .. ·• ••······ •< r ..

····• •.. •... • ... · ) ·•· > ... ·. T· ... •·• .• ........ ··

...• ········

.................. .,. .. > .....

. i ... . .... .. .. ... .... .... .. ........... . . . . ... )(

.....

···.rt)/.\''\·····t······················•·r·ir\ />j(•·•)······· t ...... .• ... \ / ( /{

.:··············· .\\. • •• .... • .. } )) > <.. . ... / < \ .... • .... \ L .. / ... . c . ... ·····. ... . ·•. : ... . .. .... ·•. . .. /' .. n ,.•·.; •·• ··•· ••·.•:,•• > ff·•••:·• •,• /

..................... > ... \ ·•·· ···· t? \ < •..• i t < • < n . .. H > < > ... ····· < > ... ···•

.. ··•> \ .•••. • .. • ... ···< ..• { '··· ...• • .................................................... · {.... ····• ••. • ... · ) .. ·· ••• >./ .... /••··•.·•• ••·•· <·•)•·••·••\ .. /I .. ir••···• <•·•··•· > \).\ r•···•· <'•· U•····• ·•··••·•···\··· > ··· •··•··· ··· ··• •·• · ··•

............ ,..., .................... ··,· ( . . ·• •.• ·•·•·• ······ •.. \ ii ·• > •••••......... ,, ........ .

••• i) < • •. • •.• • i •.•• i .. <1• .• '• •.••.•.• · J .Iu •• H.·Y. ·••: ./ ..• ii ii :•·····Y"\ .............. • 1• • ••••• J • •. rr/?i :···· ? .. \.\ ••• \ .\ ). · ··<r. • ......... )i •.•• /y/ ···········••?••:: :· •.• ..• • ( •.•.•••• : · •...•..•...• ) ( .•• ?. ·•·

WARNING

THE USER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ENSURING THAT DRIVEN MACHINERY, ALL DRIVE-TRAIN MECHANISMS, AND PROCESS LINE MATERIAL ARE CAPABLE OF SAFE OPERATION AT THE OVERFREQUENCV LIMIT. FAILURE TO OBSERVE THIS PRECAUTION COULD RESULT IN BODILY INJURY.

4-45

Page 112: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

4.5.5 Second Menu Vector Parameter Descriptions (U.000 to U.021)

4-46

U.000 Torque Reference Source .

,\ ... ..

\+ J1~ /. '/ ......

... ? ....... \> . > • .... ...

• ••• This parameter specifies the source for torque reference.

...

... ...

)

. :.. <

t .. .

.. . ... <

. ..... . .

. ...

t ·•• •·

. .. ...

..

..

.. i" . • ... . . ....... { •.•· ·•

. .. . .. ~T:!~ .... \ ..

.... . .. j

.• .

•... ... ..

ii

...

··. j .

If U.000 = 1 or 2, the drive will regulate only torque, and not speed, and the Current Limit parameter (P.005) is not applied. The value of P.025 (Stop Mode) is not relevant. In these cases, the stop type will always be coasHo-rest stop.

NOTE: If U.000 = 1, the analog input is not conditioned with offset and gain parameters (P.009 and P.010) and the signal cannot be inverted using the Terminal Block Analog Input Invert (P.011) parameter.

U.001 Pulse Tach PPR

This parameter selects the number of pulses per revolution (PPR) of the tachometer being used.

.

. .. ·

C. • )? Lr .... '<<.

·• ... · ... r Y . .•.••..•.•. • > T . • / . r .... .... f \ .... . . .. .. '

.... . .... .\ .

H •··· ;· 1: . H if f < ... • :

... ...

NOTE: If torque-control self-tuning is performed (U.008), then the value of this parameter is automatically set when self-tuning is successful.

. .. ...

. .. .

>

·······

•• .

. :

..

.

.... . ... ....

....

. ..

..

/ \ ...

}\•·· >

... ... . . .. •.. . .. . ·• .... .

. ... . .. . ....... .· ....

·•• I

. ·•

. .

. •• .:

. ... . ...

. ..

...

• .·

. .. '•· ··t·•· .... ·•··. .... ····· ..... .... . ...

••• i

...

• .

• ••• )

..

• .

...

.

..

.. ,.•· ..... (i > \ .·· ... .. r· \

·.·•········ •: < ···•\\ ... / •······· .... ····<

·····. ...

E \ ·• .. •····· . .. ..

WARNING

THE SETTING OF PARAMETERS U.001 (PULSE TACH PPR), U.002 (MOTOR POLES), U.003 (MOTOR NAMEPLATE BASE FREQUENCY), U.005 (MOTOR NAMEPLATE RPM), AND U.017 (MOTOR TOP SPEED) DETERMINES THE MOTOR MAXIMUM SPEED. THESE PARAMETERS MUST BE SET BY A QUALIFIED PERSON WHO UNDERSTANDS THE SIGNIFICANCE OF SETTING THEM ACCURATELY. FAILURE TO OBSERVE THIS PRECAUTION COULD RESULT IN BODILY INJURY.

WARNING

DO NOT USE A 4096 PPR TACHOMETER WITH A 2-POLE MOTOR. OVERSPEED AND MOTOR DAMAGE CAN RESULT. FAILURE TO OBSERVE THIS PRECAUTION COULD RESULT IN BODILY INJURY.

Page 113: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

U.001 Pulse Tach PPR (continued)

The PPR must be selected based on a 125 kHz maximum input frequency limitation. The pulse tachometer PPR selection affects the minimum and the maximum operation speed in RPM and also affects the speed range.

The maximum input frequency can be calculated by the formula:

Fmax U.005 * U.001 60

where Fmax is the maximum frequency in pulses per second.

U.002 Motor Poles

This parameter identifies the number of poles in the motor.

J .. • ......... .... ~~ \ •.· ··•• ·.ir ·•• ) ••····•· •·••• / tr • < r ~ ) L ••• f >

NOTE: This parameter must be entered before parameter U. 005 (Motor Nameplate RPM). Parameter U.005 is limited by the number of motor poles entered into parameter U.002.

·•. : : .. : ... .

.} ...

•••

......

.....

< • .. • .... < .•.••..•. :•: ······ i?•) :: .....•.. i:.i

\ ..... • .. • ... ········ .\... • .. :: .... :· .··.·

. .... . .

.. ..

. ... ... ..... :·: . :.

. ..... .. .... f i > .... :•

WARNING

~···' f•

- .

........

. ...... .• ..

····t( . .. ······

\ ....... ).•. ···.········· ....

111r ···· ···<)

:.•· ..... : ..... : ... . ..

•.•• \ : ...... ) .... }/ . . ..

.:•... .... < ..... : •. ·• :: .. ·· : .... .

) ·•· ····· . • ...

T ··: .... •

... ..

········ :

::•: •:

....... . .· .. : . ....... (

. ..... .• ..... ?{? V

THE SETTING OF PARAMETERS U.001 (PULSE TACH PPR), U.002 (MOTOR POLES), U.003 (MOTOR NAMEPLATE BASE FREQUENCY), U.005 (MOTOR NAMEPLATE RPM), AND U.017 (MOTOR TOP SPEED) DETERMINES THE MOTOR MAXIMUM SPEED. THESE PARAMETERS MUST BE SET BY A QUALIFIED PERSON WHO UNDERSTANDS THE SIGNIFICANCE OF SETTING THEM ACCURATELY. FAILURE TO OBSERVE THIS PRECAUTION COULD RESULT IN BODILY INJURY.

WARNING

DO NOT USE A 4096 PPR TACHOMETER WITH A 2-POLE MOTOR. OVERSPEED AND MOTOR DAMAGE CAN RESULT. FAILURE TO OBSERVE THIS PRECAUTION COULD RESULT IN BODILY INJURY.

(i :: i ... i

::

>

' H

:::::

)

4-47

Page 114: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

4-48

U.002 Motor Poles (continued)

NOTE: Verify that the value in U.017 (Motor Top Speed) is correct if U.002 is changed.

If the number of poles is unknown, this value can be calculated using data on the motor nameplate as follows:

Step 1. Calculate the RPM value at 60 Hz as follows:

RPM @ 60 Hz = 60 * Name plate RPM (U.005)

Motor Nameplate Base Freq. (Hz) (U.003)

Step 2. Determine the number of motor poles by looking up the value computed for RPM @60 Hz:

Range of RPM @ 60 Hz 3240 to 3600 1300 to 1620 1080 to 1200 810 to 900

Number of Poles 2 4 6 8

If you change this parameter after performing self-tuning using parameter U.008, you must repeat the self-tuning procedure.

U.003 Motor Nameplate Base Frequency . ·•. ........ ..... . ..... •)(:(> . ·•.

This parameter identifies the motor base frequency as it appears on the motor nameplate.

i •·· ... + H ) H i( •.• < < ··• · ...... < •.t.•·· ·.r·• x••·t···r < i•.>· ••····} L) ....... .·. ... . .. . . ····· ········ ... . ................................... .

... .... ...• ········ ••

. ...

r ·•·• NOTE: This parameter must be entered before parameter

. .

··········· ····· • .. • ······· ............ }. ······················ • .. • ........ ··.

·····

.... ,. . U. 005 (Motor Nameplate RPM). Parameter U.005 is limited by the motor base frequency.

... ····· ... ........ ... ...... ....... .... . ..... ... ... .. .. • \. > ' • ·• •· } • ... ·) ; ..... • . • ' • .. .. ... ··•·· •. • .•· t .. i •.. •

•·· >P .•.•••••. ···· • ..... )• .... .... ii •·

) ... .\ .. . .. /. ·. \ •· .. ... .·· ) \) \ ... ... ? ti •·· ••. . ••• > ... • .•• •<· y •.• · > ··• ··· < • < \ · .. L .. ) ) ... Li ·•· t. \ .t < . L < . ··•· •· •••·· w

WARNING

THE SETTING OF PARAMETERS U.001 (PULSE TACH PPR), U.002 (MOTOR POLES), U.003 (MOTOR NAMEPLATE BASE FREQUENCY), U.005 (MOTOR NAMEPLATE RPM), AND U.017 (MOTOR TOP SPEED) DETERMINES THE MOTOR MAXIMUM SPEED. THESE PARAMETERS MUST BE SET BY A QUALIFIED PERSON WHO UNDERSTANDS THE SIGNIFICANCE OF SETTING THEM ACCURATELY. FAILURE TO OBSERVE THIS PRECAUTION COULD RESULT IN BODILY INJURY.

NOTE: Verify that the value in U.017 is correct if U.003 is changed.

Page 115: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

U.004 Motor Nameplate Amps

•••••••

.... :: ............. •· ......

: :• :.:

·•

..... :· . ..

•··· •····· < :

< {[ This parameter identifies the motor rated amps as it appears on the motor nameplate.

i,.

fr

~· ~ .. :

..

~

r.

.. l ·•.

" : ...

··· ... ·

: ·: : ' ·• ........ •··

•••

: : •.:· . :

. ·······

•••••• < ·•.

: ... : •

•••

( ... :

J :

: < .\ :: ::

< :: . ..

.......

······· . ... . ....... { J .•· .........

... . : .... • v < ·• ... ) •·. . : : .... • • . .

:. } .... .. : .... • < u· ..

.: ... .. : . ........... •.•. r

CAUTION: This parameter must not exceed the rated amps found on the motor nameplate. Over­current or excess heating of the motor could result if this is not done. Failure to observe this pre­caution could result in damage to, or destruction of, the equipment.

If you change this parameter after performing self-tuning using parameter U.008, you must repeat the self-tuning procedure.

U.005 Motor Nameplate RPM .. ... . ..... •·•· .... ... >••: ··< •·••'\•'• ... ·: ·:. :: .

.. ( • .. :: ··: .. / .. •.: ..•.... /

·•· .

:.: <· ·:it ~t( . ·•· . . ......... \ / .

• •••••••• ••••

: .: ... . •

..... L ,[ ••. u ••<:. ··.• .. . :., .

. :·•<

... ( .

This parameter identifies the motor rated RPM as it appears on the motor nameplate. /

···< ....

•:

::: \\ .. : it ... . .., . [) .•.• :·• <

:

H •··• .. :r \ T ····· •·· •..• > ... :

'·······

·. . t : : ·•. ... . ·•. . :· .... . . ....

NOTE: This parameter must be set prior to activating the torque control self-tuning operation (U.008).

Motor Poles (U.002)

2 4 6 8

.

••

.

,:

.

....

.

.. . ..

.. .•

}{' ··t·•· : \.:, . .. ,r· \:,. ·.·•········ ..

Base Frequency 60Hz (U.003)

3240-3596 1620-1798 1080-1198 810-899

In general, the value range for U.005 will be:

U.003*120* .900

U.002

to U.003*120* .999

U.002

. :

······: ··: ·•: .... ·•

.... . ·:

•: :

. ••

..

) .. ~,, ... ... . .. : •:••.

•ii ···•\\.:, ... .

····< .. :··· / :·...... . ... .·: .... • ... T \/··

Base Frequency 50 Hz (U.003)

2700-2997 1350-1498 900-999 675-749

If the value is too close to the synchronous RPM, the drive may exhibit instability. This value directly affects torque linearity and the maximum attainable horsepower.

If you change this parameter after performing self-tuning using parameter U.008, you must repeat the self-tuning procedure.

. ...

:··· .. (

••

I .... i ...• ./ . ..

ii

... ::

/{ .. i . i

..

..

• ••

::

• •••

...

. ... ··

,.

u,

•••••••••

4-49

Page 116: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

4-50

U.006 Magnetizing Current

This parameter identifies the percentage of magnetizing current (no load amps) with respect to motor rated amps.

NOTE: A value is automatically generated for this parameter when self-tuning is performed (U.008).

·• . .

••

·• .

.

... •

.. ....

.

... j .. ...

Ii

\ ..

•••

•· ...... \ xt •·········· .

..... ... . •• ..

....... . ....

···•··· ...... . .

....

) ••

. ....

.. .. . .

... •••••

... ·•

..... .... • •••

. .. y .

. < .

"•· . . ····· ). .... <i H . .. .... ....

•.•• . ......

{ • .... ., ....

•••

... ... ... . •

. ... . . .... \ .• •.••

. ; . ::;

. . ..

•... ... ..

ii

CAUTION: If this parameter is set incorrectly, overcurrent or excess heating of the motor could result. Failure to observe this precaution could result in damage to, or destruction of, the equipment.

If the motor nameplate shows the no load current data, then this parameter value can be calculated using the following formula. If this data does not appear on the motor nameplate, perform the self-tuning procedure (U.008) to automatically calculate the result.

Magnetizing Current = No Load Amps * 100

U.007 Motor Nameplate Volts

This parameter identifies motor rated voltage as it appears on the motor nameplate.

..

•.•. J .

.

//

Motor Rated Amps

.. .. !

...

"' . ... .••

T . \ {/ ·····.·

.. •

. . ' ) \

• ... .. . ..

. ....

...

... .. ·····

. .. .

1p .. .··· ..... ··. i . .·· .... > ...

NOTE: This parameter must be set prior to activating the torque control self-tuning operation (U.008).

If you change this parameter after performing self-tuning using parameter U.008, you must repeat the self-tuning procedure.

,.

....

...; . ....

\ i > .... .

\ ..•.

....

••• i

.

.,·

·, .

.

..

.. .·•.

Page 117: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

U.008 Torque Self-Tune Enable

This parameter enables the self-tuning procedure that determines the pulse tachometer PPR selection for parameter U.001 (Pulse Tach PPR). It also determines the magnetizing current percent ratio for parameter U.006 (Magnetizing Current).

•• 1~j .. .

...

~~ / .....

.

•:.

•··

~ . ·

.

·• .

.

•· ...... .. x: ......... .

... r+ ·• ...

····••< r ••• •

. .. .. . .. . . .....

}

•••• •• < \

" : ... ... :

• .

....

. .. . .. . ..

•········· .. . y ;,

. .. . . I t

x•··· <

.......

······· ............ {

•••• •••

. ... { • .... .........

.... \ .• ... ) •.•• .

'l . .....

. ... ..

ii

. ..

CAUTION: The motor must be uncoupled from the driven load during the self-tuning operation or incorrect parameter values will result. This includes any shaft-coupled devices such as reducers, belts, or brakes. Failure to observe this precaution could result in damage to, or destruction of, the equipment.

This parameter will be set to OFF when self-tuning is completed or aborted. This parameter only enables self-tuning. It does not start the procedure. Parameters U.002, U.003, U.004, U.005, U.007, U.016, and U.017 must be programmed before enabling self-tuning in U.008. Then the START key can be pressed to start the procedure.

Determining the pulse tachometer PPR may be necessary since the PPR is not always listed on the motor or tachometer nameplate. Determining the magnetizing current ratio is necessary in vector regulation so that the proper no-load current, or magnetizing current, is set. The proper magnetizing current is required to develop rated motor torque, speed, and horsepower in vector regulation.

<

I ""i ... ./ ... .... \ }

4-51

Page 118: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

4-52

U.009 Torque Self-Tune Result

This parameter displays the results of the self-tuning operation requested by parameter U.008.

NOTE: SF will be displayed with a fault entry in the error log showing the cause(s) of the fault(s) for any values of 1 through 7.

,. ,,,.,. ,•,·.···.·.·.·.•.·••.••••/•.•,••'' ,• .,, .,. ·· .. ····,······.·.·-··.······· ... ,. ,, .. ,. . ·•' ... ,. ., ........ ,, ........................ ,. ,. . .. . . .,. ,,, ,,, / 1:' .•• , '•'' < ,,,,, . ,. ,,, ....... , .. , ...... \,,., •. , ... , .•. , •.••. \' ,., . ,,,, ..... , ,,,,,,•;,\•<• \'''{'',',.: ......... ,,.,, ,,,. \

',. • )( >• ,' ···•··· •• n • ) ' _' ..... ·.·,.,· . .,., .. ,......... , •,• ·,.. .{ . ... ... ... . > t ,,,>.·,,·,· ,. ,, •• ,, .• ·•• >. .... ttli •.•• r •\ ., •• , '<. •· ,,.1, i.: ... <~J§l~r . ,,, ,,,,

,. •,,. / •.. ,.) ... ).. ,;,, ,. ':• ........ ·•··•· J ,.' ',. ,'.,

. . •.. }, .? ,,, ,• \ . . < ,, .. ,. < ·•·,,, ,• ' •: ' .... .... ,,,,. ,,,,,,,

.,.· ) ... i. . .. , \ t ·•• ,,,, > i

.

.. . , 'J

,,' •. ,,,, .. ,

.. '•• ,,,,. ,,

.....

M 1'1 ,,

.•

> ,,,• •,. . .. / \ ,. .., ,,,• ,,, ... \ ..• { ,,,, . ,,. ,,' .,. ,,

... , ... '

·'

,,

•••• • ••• •' I

ii \, > ·•····· .• ,,... '·.•'r .... ,,,,,, ..• i.,..i .. !.,.·•· ... JJ u' '.i

' .... . .... .. '. y : ,• ' l'l ·' ~

.

'

''

' ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,

t ,,

< ··•. \ '.,.' .......

•: < .,.' ,, ,,· ) .... ,,, ,, ,, . ,·

.. ,.' V. )

' ,,,.

'a

'

' ,' •,

Page 119: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

U.012 Speed Regulator Proportional Gain

•••••••

,.,, '' ········•·••'

•· ...... ',, ,.,

·•

..... ,· ,,, . ..

•········· < ' y

This parameter selects the proportional gain of the Pl amplifier in the speed loop. This value affects the dynamic performance of the speed regulation of the motor.

"' fr

···········

~· ~ ...

..

.......

~

r,

•' l ·•.

" ' ,,,

... .

··.' ·········· ....

' .. . , '" ,, ... .'

••• •

'•.,.,

' ·······

•••• •• < ·•.

: ... . •

•••

•••

... .

. ··. . ...... ··.'

,, . ' < .

'' '' ' .

x•··· < ,,,

.......

······· . ... ... ... { •,, .. . ........

. ... .. ... ·' .... \ .• ... ) •.•'

' .

' • .. .. } .... .

•••

y . .

••• • •

......

T ... . '\)'/ ··. ... .... ·.•·•· ··.

Larger gain values result in faster response, but may result in less stability. If the drive overshoots the speed reference when changes to the reference are made, or if the drive "hunts" or is unstable, reduce the value.

With the default value, the drive should perform satisfactorily. However, with increased inertia loads, this parameter may need to be adjusted.

U.013 Speed Regulator Integral Gain

,•

I .... i . ... ./ .....

ii ...

····· This parameter selects the lead frequency of the Pl amplifier in the speed loop. This value affects the dynamic performance of the speed regulation of the motor.

... ·• } ) ... ... .t ... l . . .. •.,

NOTE: For most applications, it is recommended that this parameter not be adjusted.

...... .. ... r··· / < it • • •·• < .... • .... • L ,., • :• / . c

/i t ,,,,,.. .,· .··,,.,.· \ ...... ... .... . ·'> f { \ ... < .... / / \\ ... . . ... \ i \ H •··• ..• ···• ··J········.·.·· ... ·····' 'i •.. •.• • .•. > '·'····· ...• •. H )( •·· } .•. ····· •.. •..• ) .,, .•.•

•• ··•> \ .•••. '··' ... ···< ..• { '···. ... ... • •........ · ?···· ····• ••. • ... · ) ,, •·•+ii >•L'i · .............. ··.· .... ···.· ...... · ............• ·,·/"··.: ... ·•·,•.\·····.···.·.:.··.· ..... · ........... •··.· ..... ··.·.·.· .... , T ·····• ••• •• ..•

··•·2••••,r.,,•:••·.,,, ·•• ; ..... ·······

... '/••? ><<:·, "· ···"• .... •• ·,••, i. >•••'i·.• ..•. •••··?·••·•· ,• • ••·• (U•(•·•{UYi< •··•··•>>·• ·••<•••··•·•·• ,,,,,J•\··•.··.···. •· f i / , ·'• ·• t

··•.••i•.••.••<'<•.i•.•........................... ·• .. > ...• .• > . .• • .•. ·•. .. .. ·• .................... l.······ .. ·············• ,,. ················ ) r .•• rI • .... . .• •··

•, . ' ,,. '· . '

Larger gain values result in faster response, but may result in less stability. If the drive overshoots the speed reference when changes to the reference are made, or if the drive "hunts" or is unstable, reduce the value.

With the default value, the drive should perform satisfactorily. However, with increased inertia loads, this parameter may need to be adjusted.

U.014 Torque Regulator Proportional Gain .. ...... ·····

' ' .... ' ' ... ,,,, .. ·'

••

•••

. ' .

' ,,, ., ..

•••••

' !•

. ... ...

; ) I

.

'

•••

...

This parameter determines the performance of the torque response.

••••••

...... , .. ... ····.•· ;. ....

• •••• . .... ' •·•.• ...

'

"'

/

... i

Note: For most applications, it is recommended that this value not be changed.

' '

.. ''

i ... ,,. ... , ....

\< r. . .. .., .. ... ' • .• ) ? • ••• ' '

. ; ... ...

.... . . .... .. -.. ....

••

.... . ..

,,, ,'··' . ...

' .. '

····' .. ·•· .. :; \ •> .... . ..... .

'. '.•.,

••••

' ' C , .. , ,) . ' ' .. }, . .. ''' .. " ... n •·· •• .. ... ' .... ... .......

The higher the gain is set in this parameter, the higher the performance of the torque loop. If the gain is set too high, the drive will become more susceptible to overcurrent trips and/or instability. Decreasing the gain will help to increase stability.

········· .. .

' ...

> \ ,; \ ....

4-53

Page 120: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

4-54

U.015 Torque Regulator Integral Gain

This parameter determines the performance of the torque regulator.

Note: For most applications, it is recommended that this value not be changed.

.

·• .

••

·• .

. ... j

... •

j \ . .

.. ....

.

.. ...

Ill )

< > .....

. .

•••

•· ...... xt •·········· .

..... ... . .. •

.... ...

···•··· ...... . .

....

) ••

.. .. . .

... : ...

••••••

. . .

\ ... ·•

..... .. ...

• •••

. :; y •• .. . .. .

t ) .

} < > .... .... . ......

~

. ....... { J .•· •

.... ········{{ ....

••• ... . • .. v < ·• .

•••

::; . .. 01 ..

•••

.. /···. ... . ....... / . . .

The higher the gain, the higher the performance of the torque loop. However, if the gain is set too high, the drive will become more susceptible to overcurrent trips and/or instability. Decreasing the gain will help increase stability.

U.016 Field Weakening Start RPM •· . •· . •·

This parameter sets the speed at which field weakening begins.

••••·.••1 r••••Hh·

1

•. :1;. .~1'i'J~ •.••• ~ •••.••.. rr )•T•••H •• · •· >\··.····••:·············•· :

1YrH• t:u\f !i,I~ · .. ··· · ..... ··· ...... . •· .

. ...

\ ..•.

. ...

••• i

....

... .

I:·······································.

' '

Beyond the speed specified in this parameter, torque will be inversely proportional to speed. Increasing this number will maximize the output voltage and, therefore, maximize the horsepower. Lowering this number may improve dynamic performance near base speed.

If you change this parameter after performing self-tuning using parameter U.008, you must repeat the self-tuning procedure.

Page 121: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

U.017 Motor Top Speed

•••••••

.... .. ............. •· ...... ... . ..

·•

. .. ~· ~

.

< . y ... ·······

. ... .

i,. ~ ·• ... .• .

x•··· ... r. • •• •

. .....

....... .

·······

This parameter selects the top speed that the motor can reach.

fr ..

·•. .. l

•••• •• < . ... ... ...

{ • .... ·•. .. .... •

.... \ .•

" : ... . . .

... . •

.

.. ijj~ • ••

. ..

The highest setting is four times the synchronous speed for a 4-pole motor, as follows:

Top Speed = 4 * 120 * Base Frequency

Number of Poles

•.••

. .

·····

For example: a 4-pole motor running at 60 Hz base frequency would have a top speed of 7200 RPM.

4 * 120 * 60 = 7200

4

Increasing this number above Motor Nameplate RPM (U.005) will increase the field weakening range.

The range of the tunable parameter P.004 (Maximum Speed) is limited by the value in U.017.

For applications not requiring constant horsepower operation, U.017 should be set equal to U.005 (Motor Nameplate RPM).

If you change this parameter after performing self-tuning using parameter U.008, you must repeat the self-tuning procedure.

U.018 A-C Line Volts

The phase-to-phase line voltage provided to the drive input power terminals.

NOTE: For vector regulation, the value entered should be within 10% of actual line voltage.

...... / .... . "' ..

I

~

1ili ......

••

.. .. .....

··· .. >

••••••

.

... T . .... ...

' =

.

•• ... : . ...

... ... .. ....

.. . \/ .... / . ... . •·\ ) . ...

\ ., ....... ..

. .... ...

/···· .:'

... <

...

.... ·····

•. . ...•. •••

... ...... ii .... \ ·····:

y• • •

······ ... \ .... ······ .. ... .... ... .

..

. .. •·········

< .. . .

I <

·······

.... i . ........

. ... . .. ) ./

. ... . .. \ }

...... tt ·.· < .. · ...

••••

. ..

. ... ··

• ••

... . .. i

4-55

Page 122: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

4-56

U.019 Flux Current Regulator Proportional Gain

This parameter determines the performance of the magnetizing current regulator.

For most applications, it is recommended that this parameter not be changed.

·• . .

••

·• .

.

... •

j . .

....

... j ..

Ill \ <

.

..

•••

•·

xt •·········· . .

..... ...

···•··· ...... .

....

) .. ...

...

)

> ..... .

U.020 Flux Current Regulator Integral Gain

This parameter determines the performance of the magnetizing current regulator.

For most applications, it is recommended that this parameter not be changed.

r ..

.. • •. i• •

. -; .. ···.•

U.021 Rotor Time Constant

This parameter determines the performance of the magnetizing current regulator.

For most applications, it is recommended that this parameter not be changed.

..

... ....

.

..

>

..

········

..

... ········< . ···• . .. <tr I ····· r ··. .. . ( . :

. .... .... ..... .... ..

• . .' . ...... .

... ...

...... ·•·

........ •······

........... ,:. ....

. .... ... .... .

. ..

. ..

.

. . . • •.

...... . ..

.... ...

.

•• . . . .

•••••

••••••

. . .

. .

>} .

......... • ••• • I

..... .

·•

•••

. ..

. ..

.

\ ... ·•

..... ....... • •••

. .. y •• .. .

. < . \ i .•.. . .. ·····

. . ) .

\ .· H .... <i .... .... ..•.

. ..

•.•• ....... . ...

..... { • .... . ....

•••

•••

.. ... . ... • ..... ... . . . ... \ .•

•.•• .

. : < .,. i .. {

. . .

•••

/···. ....

.. " ... ... . • . ....... . .. .

. . .

........... < I r > .... ?

·········

• . it ••.•• ·/ •..•• .. •.•. L : ... ;

.. ........... .. . . . .. \ •.. <

• ••• . ... .

) ... T

... . ... •

.

.. ; ,· ........ ········ ..

i '·

.. ........ ········ .riij' . . ... .....

. . ) ... ·······•

·•• I

.. ... ,·

. ..

. ... , . ... '·

... ·, .

····· ... . .· ....... .

. •

.. . ... . ..

Page 123: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

5.0 TROUBLESHOOTING USING ERROR CODES The drive can display two kinds of error codes, alarm and fault codes, to signal a problem during self tuning or drive operation. Fault and alarm codes are shown in tables 5.1 and 5.2. A special type of fault code, which occurs rarely, is the fatal fault code. If the code you see is not in tables 5.1 or 5.2, refer to section 5.4.

An alarm is signified by a two- or three- letter code flashing on the display. The drive will continue to operate during the alarm condition. The user should investigate the cause of the alarm to ensure that it does not lead to a fault condition. The alarm code will remain on the display only as long as the alarm condition exists. The alarm will automatically be cleared when the condition causing it is removed.

A fault condition is also signified by a two- or three- letter code flashing on the display. In the case of a fault, the drive will not continue to operate, but will coast to stop. The RUNNING LED will turn off when this happens. The first fault that occurs will be maintained flashing on the display, regardless of whether other faults occur after it. The fault code will remain on the display until it is cleared by the operator using the STOP/RESET key, or the fault reset input from the control source selected in P.000.

The drive automatically stores all subsequent fault codes that may occur in the system error log, which is accessible through the keypad or the CE3000 software. The error log can be accessed in program mode after moving through all the parameter menus. There is no visual indicator that other faults are in the log, or that the log is filled and no more errors can be logged. The user must access the error log to view the other faults that occurred and should clear it often.

A maximum of ten fault codes can be stored in the log. The last fault that occurred is the first one to appear on the display when accessing the error log. The last fault will be identified with the highest number (up to 9).

The first fault that occurred will appear as the last one in the log. The first fault will be identified by the number 0.

For each entry in the error log, the system can also display the day and time that the error occurred. The day data is based on a relative 248-day counter. The time is based on a 24-hour clock. The first two digits of the clock data represent hours. The last two digits represent minutes.

All the entries in the error log will be retained, even if power is lost. If the error log is full, more entries can be added by the system only if the log is cleared. See section 5.3 for how to clear the error log.

5-1

Page 124: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

5-2

5.1 Identifying Alarm Codes and Recovering

GV3000 drive alarm codes are shown in Table 5.1. Note that the alarm code will only be displayed for as long as the problem exists. Once the problem has been corrected, the alarm code will disappear from the display.

Table 5.1 - List of Alarm Codes

Alarm Code Description Alarm Cause Corrective Action I-Ac V /Hz identification V/HZ identification procedure is 1. Allow identification procedure to

procedure active enabled and in progress. finish. 2. Press keypad STOP/RESET to

cancel identification procedure if desired.

I-En V /Hz identification H.020 = On; V/HZ identification 1 . Proceed with V /HZ identification procedure procedure has been enabled but procedure, start drive and allow enabled not started. procedure to begin. Display will

change to I-Ac when drive is started.

2. Change H.020 to OFF to cancel identification and clear I-En if desired.

LIL Low A-C input line A-C input line is low. 1. Adjust line voltage parameter (H.021) to match actual A-Cline voltage.

PUn Power module not Drive parameters have been 1. Power module must be identified after restored to power-up defaults. configured by Reliance service default restore Regulator has not been personnel.

configured to match power module.

S-Ac Vector self-tuning Vector self-tuning is enabled and 1 . Allow vector self-tuning active in progress. procedure to finish.

2. Press keypad STOP/RESET to cancel vector self-tuning procedure if desired.

S-En Vector self-tuning U.008 == On; vector self-tuning has 1. Proceed with vector self-tuning, enabled been enabled but not started. start drive and allow self-tuning

procedure to begin. Display will change to S-Ac when drive is started.

2. Change U.008 to OFF to cancel self-tuning and clear S-En if desired.

Page 125: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

5.2 Identifying Fault Codes and Recovering

Code

bYC

CHS

EC

EEr

FL

Hid

HIL

HU

LIL

LU

nCL

GV3000 drive fault codes are shown in Table 5.2. To clear a single fault that has occurred so that the drive can be started again, correct any problems indicated by the fault code and press the STOP/RESET key on the keypad, or assert the fault reset from the selected control source (P.000). Because multiple faults can occur and only the first will be displayed, you must access the error log in order to view all of the faults that have occurred. See section 5.3 for instructions on how to view the error log.

Table 5.2 - List of Fault Codes

Fault Description Fault Cause Corrective Action

D-C bus charging Charging bypass contactor not Check contactor's status feedback to bypass contactor closed at line voltage ON. X1 : 9 & 1 O for loose connections; also

D-C bus voltage.

Default parameter During drive operation: Replace Regulator board. restore (checksum Regulator board failure. error) After Regulator board replacement: Contact Reliance.

Earth current Unintentional grounding. Check isolation between ground failure (ground and output terminals. Possible fault) leakage, current sensor defects;

replace sensor.

NVRAM write Failure on write to non-volatile Connect CE3000 software to upload failure memory, bad NVRAM. parameters. Then replace Regulator

board. Parameter values will be lost when power is cycled.

Function loss Function loss input on control Check external interlocks at terminal is opened. terminals 16, 20.

High time Identification process for V /Hz has See H.019 for identification result. identification been aborted. aborted

High line voltage Input line voltage > 15% above value Check actual line voltage against (V/Hz only) of Line Voltage. U.018 or H.021. High D-C bus D-C bus voltage too high (capacitor Check input line voltage; if voltage protection). necessary, add transformer.

Deceleration time too short. Increase decel. time P.002/P.018/P.023 versus Maximum Speed/Hz (P.004). Install DB option with resistors.

Line input low A-C power supply interrupt or line Drive will continue to run after line (V/Hz) dip. Alarm at ride through status. voltage is restored. Check value of

Line Voltage (P.044, U.018 or H.021 ). Check input voltage for dip. At high harmonic voltages install three-phase line reactors.

Low D-C bus D-C bus voltage too low. Line dip Check input voltage, line fuses. If voltage too long (P.042). necessary, add transformer. Check

value of Ride Through Time (P.042), Line Voltage (H.021, U.018).

Input rectifier diodes defective. Check D-C Bus voltage. If incorrect, replace diode set.

Network comm Communications with the Check network cabling from loss AutoMax network have been lost. network master to network option

board. Check that network master is operating properly.

I

I

5-3

Page 126: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

Table 5.2 - List of Fault Codes (Continued)

Fault Code Description Fault Cause Corrective Action

nid Identification Drive started but Identification Reset fault. Perform Identification Request not yet Result = Zero. Request. Restart drive. performed (V /Hz only)

oc Overcurrent Output phase-to-phase short. Check isolation between each (steady state). output line. Trips at 137% Bus voltage line-to-line. Check transistor modules for correct load (based on output. If incorrect, possible board inverter type defect; replace. Possible Hall effect current) check current sensor defective; replace. power module Ground fault. Check isolation between ground rating. and output terminals. Possible

leakage current sensor defect; replace sensor.

Momentary overload. Check for motor overload; reduce load on motor.

Bad motor. Check motor for correct operation.

Torque boost/ V/Hz too high (V/Hz). Check parameters H.001, H.002, and/or H .003. Enable Identification Request (H.020)

Motor unknown to regulator (V/Hz). Check that regulator was updated with actual motor characteristics via Identification Request (H.020).

Parameter settings (Vector). Check Pulsetach PPR (U.001), Motor Poles (U.002), Base Frequency (U.003), Motor Nameplate Amps (U.004), Magnetizing Current (U.006), Speed Regulator Prop. Gain (U.012).

Pulse tach wired incorrectly, wrong Check pulse tach wiring. Perform PPR. vector self-tuning.

OCA Overcurrent (at Acceleration time too short. Increase acceleration time (P.001, acceleration) P.017, P021 ).

OCb Overcurrent D-C voltage too high. Check parameters H.006, H.007 (at D-C braking)

OCd Overcurrent (at Deceleration time too short. Increase deceleration time (P.002, deceleration) P.018, P.022)

OF Overfrequency Drive has exceeded max. allowable Vector: check parameters Pulse output frequency. Tach PPR (U.001), Motor Poles Regenerating energy is too high. (U.002), Base Frequency (U.003). Stability or slip compensation circuit V/Hz: check D-C bus voltage; adds freq. ref. increase decelerating time. Check If H.016 ON, searching current is too values Maximum Speed (P.004) / high. Motor is too small. Overfreq. (H.022). Check slip

compensation (H.004). If H.016 ON, check motor size versus power module size, recheck setting of P.005 (too high).

OH Drive Cooling fan failure. Check ambient temperature, cooling overtemperature fan, minimum clearances around

drive.

5-4

Page 127: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

Table 5.2 - List of Fault Codes (Continued)

Fault Code Description Fault Cause Corrective Action

OL Motor overload Excess motor current. Vector: Check actual/Motor Rated V/Hz: Torque boost too high, therm. Nameplate Amps (U.004) overload level too low. V /Hz: Check actual current/Torque

Boost (H.003). Check that power module is sized correctly. Reduce load on motor (e.g. at low frequency).

Excess load on motor, e.g., at too Check that power module is sized low speeds. correctly. Reduce load on motor

(e.g., at low frequency).

Loss of phase connection. Check output lines to the motor.

OSP Overs peed RPM above 130% Maximum Speed Check Pulse Tach PPR (U.001), (Vector only) (P.004), speed regulator Motor Poles (U.002), Base

response not optimized. Frequency (U.003), Motor Nameplate RPM Speed (U.005). Check Reg. Proportional (U.012) Integral Gain (U.013)

PC Communication Communication cable, PC Check connection cable and PC loss between communication port setup. communication port setup. Return Regula tor /PC Regulator board to Reliance Electric

with the last displayed error code.

PH Motor phase loss Phase lost between drive and motor. Check connections and cable of all 3 phases and motor windings. Replace any damaged cable.

PUc Missing power Bad or disconnected cable between Check cables between Regulator module ID Regulator and power module. board and power module. connector

PUo Drive power Power module overloaded. Check load to power module. electronic Too high D-C Braking Voltage Check power module sizing versus overload (H.007) or Torque Boost (H.003). application. Check D-C Braking

Voltage value (H.007). Check Torque Boost (H.003). I

SF Self-tuning status See parameter U.009 (Vector only)

UbS Asymmetrical bus Bad power module. Contact Reliance. charge I

5-5

Page 128: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

5-6

5.3 Accessing, Reading, and Clearing the Faults in the Error Log

The following procedure shows how to access and clear the error log. Note that you cannot clear a single entry from the error log. The entire log, including all the fault codes and the day and time stamp of each fault will be cleared simultaneously using this procedure.

Step 1. Press the PROGRAM key. The First Menu General parameters are displayed. The PROGRAM LED will turn on.

Step 2. Press the DOWN ARROW key until Err is displayed.

Step 3. Press the ENTER key. If no faults have occurred, Err will be displayed again. If only one fault has occurred, the fault code will be displayed as the first entry in the log. If more than one fault has occurred, the first entry is the latest fault that occurred.

Step 4. Press the UP ARROW key or the DOWN ARROW key.

Step 5. Press the ENTER key. The display shows the day stamp, which can range from 0-248 days.

[P.---J ~~ rAUTtJl F"orwo.rd

DRPM DRUNNING ~ Reverse D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS D JOG B []£JUN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM "JiJG DKw DFDR'wARD D TORQUE D REVERSE D Po.ssworcl- PROGRAM

[Err J ~~ DRPM DRUNNING ~ D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS DJDG B~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM "JiJG DKw DFDR'wARD D TORQUE D REVERSE DPo.ssworcl-PROGRAM [ENTER]

~ [START] :f~~~~fj

'0- ,- ,., [ A ]f-l C =.,,- .. ~ DRPM DRUNNING D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS DJDG BOOUN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM "JiJG D Kw D FDR'wARD D TORQUE D REVERSE DPo.ssworci-PROGRAM [ENTER]

STOP RESET

The display steps through the error log entries, which are numbered 0-9 (maximum).

//1[ ~~ DRPM DRUNNING D VOL TS D REMOTE

B ~~PS B ~S~o rROGRAM ][ ~~~ l DKw DFDR'wARD D TORQUE D REVERSE [ l DPo.ssworci-PROGRAM ENTER

~ [START] :f~~~~fj

Page 129: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

Step 6. Press the DOWN ARROW key. The display shows the time stamp, which is based on a 24-hour clock. Use the arrow keys to move between the day and time data.

Step 7. Press the PROGRAM key, which displays the error log entries again.

Step 8. Repeat steps 4-7 for each additional error log entry to view the the time and date for each error log entry.

Step 9. When you have viewed all the entries, you should clear the error log. Press the DOWN ARROW key while you are viewing any entry in the log until the display shows Clr. Press ENTER to clear the error log. All entries will be cleared.

Step 10. Err will be displayed again to indicate that the log is empty.

Step 11. Press the PROGRAM key to access program mode again.

22./7 [.a.l[TJ IAlrrDI FOl"W0.1"

DRPM DRUNNING ~ Revers D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS DJDG B~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM JOG DKw DFDRIJARD D TORQUE D REVERSE DPassword-PROGRAM [ENTER]

~ [START] :f~rfk5~~

The display shows the error log entry viewed prior to or associated with the last viewed time stamp.

[Clr I~~ IAlrrDI

DRPM DRUNNING ~ D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS DJDG B~UN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM "'JEiG 0Kw DFDRIJARD D TORQUE D REVERSE D PasswordD PROGRAM

[Err I~~ IAlrrDI F'orwo.~

0RPM 0RUNNING ~ Revers D VOL TS D REMOTE

DAMPS DJDG BOOUN D Hz D AUTO PROGRAM "'JEiG DKw DFDRIJARD D TORQUE D REVERSE r ] DPasswordOPRDGRAM ENTER

~ [START] :farfk5~~

5-7

Page 130: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

I

5-8

5.4 Recovering from Fatal Fault Codes

Fatal fault codes are distinguished by the letter F preceding the code. They normally indicate a malfunction of the microprocessor on the Regulator board. In some cases, fatal fault codes can be reset and the drive can be re-started. Table 5.3 lists the fatal fault codes which can be reset. If any other fault code appears on the display, you will need to replace the Regulator board.

Table 5.3 - Fatal Fault Codes That Can Be Reset

F 3 - Pulse Tachometer Power-Up Diagnostic Error

Cause: Pulse tachometer voltage is less than 1 OV.

Corrective Action: Turn off power to the drive. Disconnect the pulse tachometer wiring from the terminal strip. Turn power back on and start the drive.

If the F 3 error does not occur, the problem is in the wiring between the drive and the pulse tachometer.

If the F 3 error does occur again, the problem is in the Regulator board, which should be replaced.

F 60 - Option Port Identification Error

Cause: The option board could not be identified by the regulator.

Corrective Action: Check the ribbon cable between the Regulator board and the network option board. For M/N 30-125R4140 drives, check the option port jumpers on the option board. Refer to the Network Option Board instruction manual (D2-3308) for more information.

F 61 - Option Board Power-Up Diagnostic Failure

Cause: Option board has failed one or more power-up diagnostics.

Corrective Action: Check the ribbon cable between the Regulator board and the network option board. Replace the option board if necessary. Refer to the Network Option Board instruction manual (D2-3308) for more information.

Page 131: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

Appendix A

Alphabetical Listing of Parameters

First Menu General Parameters Accel Time 1 (RAMP 1) .................. P.001 Control Source Select ................... P.000 Current Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P.005 Decel Time 1 (RAMP 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P.002

Maximum Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P.004 Minimum Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P.003 Second Menu Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P.006

Second Menu General Parameters Accel Time 2 (RAMP 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P.017 Carrier Frequency (kHz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P.047 Country Default Select ................... P.049 Decel Time 2 (RAMP 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P.018 Draw Gain Percentage ................... P.016 Elapsed Time Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P.029 Elapsed Time Meter Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P.030 Fault Auto Reset Attempts ................ P.043 Fault Auto Reset Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P.044 Function Loss Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P.026 Jog Ramp Accel Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P.021 Jog Ramp Decel Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P.022 Jog Speed Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P.020 Line Dip Ride Through Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P.042 MOP Accel/Decel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P.023 MOP Reset Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P.024 Motor Overload Enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P.040 Motor Overload Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P.041 Network Connection Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P.061 Network Drop Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P.060 Option Port: Communication Loss Select . . . P.062 Option Port: Network Reference Source

Select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P.063 Option Port: Type and Version . . . . . . . . . . . . P.065 Output Relay Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P.013 Power Unit Output Amps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P.095

Power Unit Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P.099 Preset 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P.031 Preset 2 ................................ P.032 Preset 3 ................................ P.033 Preset 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P.034 Preset 5 ................................ P.035 Preset 6 ................................ P.036 Preset 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P.037 Preset 8 ................................ P.038 Programming Disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P.051 Restore Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P.050 Reverse Disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P.027 RPM Display Scaling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P.028 S-Curve Enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P.019 Software Version Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P.098 Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P.025 Terminal Block Analog Input Gain . . . . . . . . . P.01 O Terminal Block Analog Input Invert . . . . . . . . . P.011 Terminal Block Analog Input Offset ........ P.009 Terminal Block Analog Output Source . . . . . P.012 Terminal Block Digital Inputs Configure . . . . P.007 Terminal Block Speed Reference Select .... P.008 Trim Gain Percentage .................... P.015 Trim Reference Source ................... P.014 Volts/Hertz or Vector Mode Select . . . . . . . . . P.048

Second Menu Vector Parameters A-C Line Volts ........................... U.018 Pulse Tach PPR ......................... U.001 Field Weakening Start RPM ............... U.016 Rotor Time Constant ..................... U.021 Flux Current Regulator Integral Gain ....... U.020 Speed Regulator Integral Gain ............ U.013 Flux Current Regulator Proportional Gain ... U.019 Speed Regulator Proportional Gain ........ U.012 Magnetizing Current ..................... U.006 Torque Reference Source ................ U.000 Motor Nameplate Amps .................. U.004 Torque Regulator Integral Gain ............ U.015 Motor Nameplate Base Frequency ........ U.003 Torque Regulator Proportional Gain ....... U.014 Motor Nameplate RPM ................... U.005 Torque Self-Tune Enable ................. U.008 Motor Nameplate Volts ................... U.007 Torque Self-Tune Result .................. U.009 Motor Poles ............................ U.002 Motor Top Speed ........................ U.017

A-1

Page 132: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

A-2

Appendix A

(Continued)

Second Menu Volts/Hertz Parameters A-C Line Volts ........................... H.021 Dynamic Braking Select .................. H.017 Avoidance Frequency Band 1 ............. H.011 Identification Request .................... H.020 Avoidance Frequency Band 2 ............. H.013 Identification Result ...................... H.019 Avoidance Frequency Band 3 ............. H.015 Motor Nameplate Amps .................. H.002 Avoidance Frequency Enable ............. H.009 Motor Nameplate Base Frequency ........ H.001 Avoidance Frequency Midpoint 1 .......... H.010 Motor Nameplate Volts ................... H.000 Avoidance Frequency Midpoint 2 .......... H.012 Overfrequency Limit ..................... H.022 Avoidance Frequency Midpoint 3 .......... H.014 Slip Compensation ...................... H.004 D-C Braking Enable ..................... H.005 Sync Mode Select ....................... H.016 D-C Braking Start Frequency ............. H.006 Torque Boost Voltage .................... H.003 D-C Braking Time ....................... H.008 Volts/Hertz Curve Mode .................. H.018 D-C Braking Voltage ..................... H.007

Page 133: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

Appendix B

Record of User Parameter Settings

Parameter No. Parameter Name Setting Date

First P.000 Control Source Select Menu P.001 Accel Time 1 (RAMP 1) General

P.002 Decel Time 1 (RAMP 1)

P.003 Minimum Speed

P.004 Maximum Speed

P.005 Current Limit

P.006 Second Menu Password

Second P.007 Terminal Block Digital Inputs Configure Menu P.008 Terminal Block Speed Reference Select General

P.009 Terminal Block Analog Input Offset

P.010 Terminal Block Analog Input Gain

P.011 Terminal Block Analog Input Invert

P.012 Terminal Block Analog Output Source

P.013 Output Relay Configuration

P.014 Trim Reference Source

P.015 Trim Gain Percentage

P.016 Draw Gain Percentage

P.017 Accel Time 2 (RAMP 2)

P.018 Decel Time 2 (RAMP 2)

P.019 S-Curve Enable

P.020 Jog Speed Reference

P.021 Jog Ramp Accel Time

P.022 Jog Ramp Decel Time

P.023 MOP Accel/Decel

P.024 MOP Reset Configuration

P.025 Stop Mode

P.026 Function Loss Selection

P.027 Reverse Disable

P.028 RPM Display Scaling

P.029 Elapsed Time Meter

P.030 Elapsed Time Meter Reset

P.031 Preset 1

P.032 Preset 2

P.033 Preset 3

P.034 Preset 4

P.035 Preset 5

P.036 Preset 6

P.037 Preset 7

P.038 Preset 8

8-1

Page 134: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

Parameter No.

Second P.040 Menu P.041 General

P.042 (cont'd) P.043

P.044

P.047

P.048

P.049

P.050

P.051

P.060

P.061

P.062

P.063

P.065

P.095

P.098

P.099

Second H.000 Menu H.001 Volts/

H.002 Hertz H.003

H.004

H.005

H.006

H.007

H.008

H.009

H.010

H.011

H.012

H.013

H.014

H.015

H.016

H.017

H.018

H.019

H.020

B-2

Appendix B

(Continued)

Parameter Name

Motor Overload Enable

Motor Overload Type

Line Dip Ride Through Time

Fault Auto Reset Attempts

Fault Auto Reset Time

Carrier Frequency (kHz)

Volts/Hertz or Vector Mode Select

Country Default Select

Restore Defaults

Programming Disable

Network Drop Number

Network Connection Type

Option Port: Communication Loss Select

Option Port: Network Reference Source Select

Option Port: Type and Version

Power Unit Output Amps

Software Version Number

Power Unit Type

Motor Nameplate Volts

Motor Nameplate Base Frequency

Motor Nameplate Amps

Torque Boost Voltage

Slip Compensation

D-C Braking Enable

D-C Braking Start Frequency

D-C Braking Voltage

D-C Braking Time

Avoidance Frequency Enable

Avoidance Frequency Midpoint 1

Avoidance Frequency Band 1

Avoidance Frequency Midpoint 2

Avoidance Frequency Band 2

Avoidance Frequency Midpoint 3

Avoidance Frequency Band 3

Sync Mode Select

Dynamic Braking Select

Volts/Hertz Curve Mode

Identification Result

Identification Request

Setting Date

Page 135: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

Parameter No.

V/Hz I H.021 (cont'd) I H.022

Second U.000 Menu U.001 Vector

U.002

U.003

U.004

U.005

U.006

U.007

U.008

U.009

U.012

U.013

U.014

U.015

U.016

U.017

U.018

U.019

U.020

U.021

Appendix B

{Continued}

Parameter Name

A-C Line Volts

Overfrequency Limit

Torque Reference Source

Pulse Tach PPR

Motor Poles

Motor Nameplate Base Frequency

Motor Nameplate Amps

Motor Nameplate RPM

Magnetizing Current

Motor Nameplate Volts

Torque Self-Tune Enable

Torque Self-Tune Result

Speed Regulator Proportional Gain

Speed Regulator Integral Gain

Torque Regulator Proportional Gain

Torque Regulator Integral Gain

Field Weakening Start RPM

Motor Top Speed

A-C Line Volts

Flux Current Regulator Proportional Gain

Flux Current Regulator Integral Gain

Rotor Time Constant

Setting Date

8-3

Page 136: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).
Page 137: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

Appendix C

Power Module-Dependent Parameter Default Values

Second Menu General Parameters (USA Defaults)

Parameter Parameter Power Module No. Name 1 hp 2 hp 3 hp 5 hp 7.5 hp 10 hp 15 hp 20 hp 25 hp 50 hp 100 hp 175 hp

Carrier P.047 Frequency 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 2 2 2

(kHz)

Second Menu Volts/Hertz Parameters (USA Defaults)

Parameter Parameter Power Module No. Name 1 hp 2 hp 3 hp 5 hp 7.5 hp 10 hp 15 hp 20 hp 25 hp 50 hp 100 hp 175 hp

Motor H.002 Nameplate 1.3 2.7 3.8 6.1 9.0 11.9 17.8 24.0 29.7 58.8 112.0 217.0

Amps

Second Menu Vector Parameters (USA Defaults)

Parameter Parameter Power Module No. Name 1 hp 2 hp 3 hp 5 hp 7.5 hp 10 hp 15 hp 20 hp 25 hp 50 hp 100 hp 175 hp

Motor U.004 Nameplate 1.6 3.0 4.4 7.1 11.1 13.8 20.5 27.1 30.0 46.0 90.0 160.0

Amps

Motor U.005 Nameplate 1736 1744 1726 1722 1778 1777 1780 1777 1770 1775 1780 1785

RPM

U.006 Magnetiz-

51.2 59.4 56.7 54.5 60.3 52.8 52.1 52.0 44.0 46.0 35.0 35.0 ing Current

Speed Reg. U.012 Proportion- 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 10.00 10.00 20.00

al Gain

Torque

U.014 Reg. Pro-

0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.40 .040 .040 .040 .020 .020 .020 portional Gain

Torque

U.015 Reg.

200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 200.0 100.0 Integral Gain

Field U.016 Weakening 1736 1744 1726 1722 1778 1777 1780 1777 1770 1775 1780 1785

Start RPM

U.017 Motor Top

1736 1744 1726 1722 1778 1777 1780 1777 1770 1775 1780 1785 Speed

Flux Cur-

U.019 rent Reg.

0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.15 0.15 0.15 Proportional Gain

Flux Cur-

U.020 rent Reg.

50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 Integral Gain

U.021 Rotor Time

250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 350 350 350 Constant

C-1

Page 138: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).
Page 139: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

Appendix D

Compliance with EN 60204-1: 1992

The GV3000 drive complies with the following sections of standard EN 60204-1: 1992.

EN60204-1 Section Title

6 Protection against electrical shock

6.2.1 - Protection by enclosure

6.2.3 - Protection against residual voltages

6.3.1 - Protection by automatic disconnect of supply

6.4 - Protection by the use of PELV (Protective Extra Low Voltage)

7 Protection of equipment

7.2 - Overcurrent protection

7.2.3 - Control circuits

7.2.6 - Transformers

7.5 - Protection against supply interruption or voltage reduction and subsequent restoration

8 Equipotential bonding

8.2.1 - General (the PE terminal)

8.2.2 - Protective conductors (connection points)

8.2.3 - Continuity of the protective bonding circuit

8.2.7 - Protective conductor connecting points

8.3 - Bonding to the protective bonding circuit for operational purposes

8.4 - Insulation failures

8.5 - Bonding to a common reference potential

8.6 - Electrical interferences

9 Control circuit and control functions

9.1.1 - Control circuit supply

9.1 .3 - Protection

9.1 .4 - Connection of control devices

9.2 - Control functions

9.2.1 - Start function

9.2.2 - Stop function

9.2.3 - Operating modes

9.2.5 - Operation

9.2.5.3 - Stop

9.2.5.6 - Hole-to-run controls

9.2.6 - Combined start and stop controls

9.3 - Protective interlocks

9.3.5 - Reverse current braking

9.4 - Control functions in case of failure

9.4.2.1 - Use of proven circuit techniques and components

9.4.3 - Provisions for redundancy

9.4.3.1 - Earth fau Its

9.4.3.2 - Voltage interruption

D-1

Page 140: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

EN60204-1 Section

10

10.2.1

10.8

11

11.2

11.2.1

11.2.2

11.3

11.3.1

11.5

12

12.2.2

12.2.3

12.3

12.3.1

12.3.2

12.3.3

12.3.4

12.3.5

13

13.2.3

13.4

15

15.1.1

15.1.3

15.2.2

18

18.2

18.4

19

19.1

D-2

Appendix D

(Continued)

Title

Operator interface and machine mounted control devices

- Pushbutton colors

- Displays

Control interfaces

- Digital input/output interfaces

- Inputs

- Outputs

- Drive interfaces with analog inputs

- Separation between control and electric drives

- Communications

Electronic equipment

- Electronic control equipment

- Equipotential bonding

- Programmable equipment

- Programmable controllers

- Memory retention and protection

- Programming equipment

- Software verification

- Use in safety-related functions

Controlgear: Location, mounting and enclosures

- Heating effects

- Enclosures, doors and openings

Wiring practices

- General requirements

- Conductors of different circuits

- Identification of the protective conductor

Warning signs and item identification

- Warning signs

- Marking of control equipment

Technical documentation

- General

Page 141: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

Appendix E

European and Japanese Default Parameter Settings

First and Second Menu General Parameters

Parameter EUROPE JAPAN No. Parameter Name (P.049=EUr) (P.049=JPn)

P.000 Control Source Select LOCL LOCL

P.001 Accel Time 1 20.0 20.0

P.002 Decel Time 1 20.0 20.0

P.003 Minimum Speed P.048=U-H 5.0 Hz 5.0 Hz P.048=UEC 150 RPM 150 RPM

P.004 Maximum Speed P.048=U-H 50.0 Hz 60.0 Hz P.048=UEC 1400 RPM 1722 RPM

P.005 Current Limit P.048=U-H 100 100 P.048=UEC 150 150

P.006 Second Menu Password N/A N/A P.007 TB Digital Inputs Configure 0 0

P.008 TB Speed Reference Select 0 0

P.009 TB Analog Input Offset 0 0

P.010 TB Analog Input Gain 1.000 1.000

P.011 TB Analog Input Invert OFF OFF

P.012 TB Analog Output Source 0 0

P.013 Output Relay Configuration 0 0

P.014 Trim Reference Source Select 0 0

P.015 Trim Gain Percentage 0.0 0.0

P.016 Draw Gain Percentage 0.0 0.0

P.017 Accel Time 2 20.0 20.0

P.018 Decel Time 2 20.0 20.0

P.019 S-Curve Enable ON OFF

P.020 Jog Speed Reference P.048=U-H 5.0 Hz 5.0 Hz P.048=UEC 150 RPM 150 RPM

E-1

Page 142: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

E-2

Appendix E

(Continued)

First and Second Menu General Parameters (Continued) Parameter EUROPE JAPAN

No. Parameter Name (P.049=EUr) (P.049=JPn) P.021 Jog Ramp Accel Time 20.0 20.0

P.022 Jog Ramp Decel Time 20.0 20.0

P.023 MOP Accel/Decel 20.0 20.0

P.024 MOP Reset Configuration 0 0

P.025 Stop Mode 0 0

P.026 Function Loss Selection 0 1

P.027 Reverse Disable OFF OFF

P.028 RPM Display Scaling 1500 1800

P.029 Elapsed Time Meter 0 0

P.030 Elapsed Time Meter Reset OFF OFF

P.031 Preset 1 P.048=U-H 5.0 Hz 5.0 Hz P.048=UEC 150 RPM 150 RPM

P.032 Preset 2 P.048=U-H 5.0 Hz 5.0 Hz P.048=UEC 150 RPM 150 RPM

P.033 Preset 3 P.048=U-H 5.0 Hz 5.0 Hz P.048=UEC 150 RPM 150 RPM

P.034 Preset 4 P.048=U-H 5.0 Hz 5.0 Hz P.048=UEC 150 RPM 150 RPM

P.035 Preset 5 P.048=U-H 5.0 Hz 5.0 Hz P.048=UEC 150 RPM 150 RPM

P.036 Preset 6 P.048=U-H 5.0 Hz 5.0 Hz P.048=UEC 150 RPM 150 RPM

P.037 Preset 7 P.048=U-H 5.0 Hz 5.0 Hz P.048=UEC 150 RPM 150 RPM

P.038 Preset 8 P.048=U-H 5.0 Hz 5.0 Hz P.048=UEC 150 RPM 150 RPM

P.040 Motor Overload Enable On On

P.041 Motor Overload Type FC FC

P.042 Line Dip Ride Through Time 5.0 5.0

P.043 Fault Auto Reset Attempts 0 0

P.044 Fault Auto Reset Time 8 8

P.047 Carrier Frequency (kHz) 0 0

O: Parameter default is power module-dependent

Page 143: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

Appendix E

{Continued}

First and Second Menu General Parameters (Continued)

Parameter EUROPE JAPAN No. Parameter Name (R049=EUr) (R049=JPn) P.048 V /Hz or Vector Mode Select U-H U-H

P.049 Country Default Select EUr JPn

P.050 Restore Defaults OFF OFF

P.051 Programming Disable 0 0

P.060 Network Drop Number 1 1

P.061 Network Connection Type 0 0

P.062 Option Port: Comm Loss Select 0 0

P.063 Option Port: Network Ref Source 0 0

P.065 Option Port: Type and Version N/A N/A P.095 Power Unit Output Amps N/A N/A P.098 Software Version Number N/A N/A P.099 Power Unit Type N/A N/A

Second Menu Vector Parameters

Parameter EUROPE JAPAN No. Parameter description (P.049= EUr) (R049=JPn)

U.000 Torque Reference Source 0 0

U.001 Pulse Tach PPR 2048 1024

U.002 Motor Poles 4 4

U.003 Motor Nameplate Base Frequency 50.0 60.0

U.004 Motor Nameplate Amps 0 0

U.005 Motor Nameplate RPM 0 0 U.006 Magnetizing Current 0 0 U.007 Motor Nameplate Volts 380 460

U.008 Torque Self-Tune Enable OFF OFF

U.009 Torque Self- Tune Result N/A N/A U.012 Speed Regulator Proportional Gain 0 0 U.013 Speed Regulator Integral Gain 15.00 5.00

U.014 Torque Regulator Proportional Gain 0.40 0.40

U.015 Torque Regulator Integral Gain 200.0 200.0

U.016 Field Weakening Start RPM 0 0 U.017 Motor Top Speed 0 0 U.018 A-C Line Volts 380 460

U.019 Flux Current Regulator Proportional .030 .030 Gain

U.020 Flux Current Regulator Integral Gain 50.0 50.0

U.021 Rotor Time Constant 250 250

O: Parameter default is power module-dependent

E-3

Page 144: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

E-4

Parameter No.

H.000

H.001

H.002

H.003

H.004

H.005

H.006

H.007

H.008

H.009

H.010

H.011

H.012

H.013

H.014

H.015

H.016

H.017

H.018

H.019

H.020

H.021

H.022

Appendix E

(Continued)

Second Menu Volts/Hertz Parameters

EUROPE Parameter Name (P.049=EUr)

Motor Nameplate Volts 380

Motor Nameplate Base Frequency 50.0

Motor Nameplate Amps 0 Torque Boost Voltage 0.0

Slip Compensation 0.0

D-C Braking Enable OFF

D-C Braking Start Frequency 1.0

D-C Braking Voltage 1.0

D-C Braking Time 3.0

Avoidance Frequency Enable OFF

Avoidance Frequency Midpoint 1 0.0

Avoidance Frequency Band 1 2.0

Avoidance Frequency Midpoint 2 0.0

Avoidance Frequency Band 2 2.0

Avoidance Frequency Midpoint 3 0.0

Avoidance Frequency Band 3 2.0

Sync Mode Select OFF

Dynamic Braking Select OFF

Volts/Hertz Curve Mode 0

Identification Result 0

Identification Request OFF

A-C Line Volts 380

Overfrequency Limit 65.0

O: Parameter default is power module-dependent

JAPAN (P.049=JPn)

460

60.0

0 0.5

0.0

OFF

1.0

1.0

3.0

OFF

0.0

2.0

0.0

2.0

0.0

2.0

OFF

OFF

0

0

OFF

460

90.0

Page 145: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

A A-C Line Volts (H.021), 4-45

A-C Line Volts (U.018), 4-55

Accel Time 1 (RAMP 1) (P.001), 4-4 Accel Time 2 (RAMP 2) (P.017), 4-15

Alarm codes, 5-2 Avoidance Frequency Band 1 (H.011 ), 4-40

Avoidance Frequency Band 2 (H.013), 4-40 Avoidance Frequency Band 3 (H.015), 4-40

Avoidance Frequency Enable (H.009), 4-39 Avoidance Frequency Midpoint 1 (H.010), 4-40

Avoidance Frequency Midpoint 2 (H.012), 4-40

Avoidance Frequency Midpoint 3 (H.014), 4-40

B Braking, see D-C Braking, Dynamic Braking

C Carrier Frequency (kHz) (P.047), 4-26

Closed-loop control, see Vector Regulation

Control modes, 3-1 to 3-4

Control Source Select (P.000), 4-4 Country Default Select (P.049), 4-27

Current Limit (P.005), 4-6

D D-C Braking Enable (H.005), 4-37

D-C Braking Start Frequency (H.006), 4-37

D-C Braking Time (H.008), 4-38

D-C Braking Voltage (H.007), 4-38

Decel Time 1 (RAMP 1) (P.002), 4-5

Decel Time 2 (RAMP 2) (P.018), 4-16

Display, 3-5, see also Keypad/display

Draw Gain Percentage (P.016), 4-15

Drive faults, see Fault Codes Dynamic Braking Select (H .017), 4-41

E Elapsed Time Meter (P.029), 4-21

Elapsed Time Meter Reset (P.030), 4-22

Error codes, see Alarm Codes, Fault Codes, Error Log

Error log, 5-1 , 5-6 to 5-7

Index F

Fault Auto Reset Attempts (P.043), 4-25

Fault Auto Reset Time (P.044), 4-26

Fault codes, 5-1, 5-3 to 5-5, 5-8, see also Error Log fatal, 5-8

Field Weakening Start RPM (U.016), 4-54

Flux Current Regulator Integral Gain (U.020), 4-56

Flux Current Regulator Proportional Gain (U.019), 4-56

Function Loss Selection (P.026), 4-20

G General Parameters, 4-4 to 4-7, 4-9 to 4-33

listed alphabetically, A-1 to A-2 First Menu, 4-4 to 4-7 Second Menu, 4-9 to 4-33

H H parameters, 4-34 to 4-45

listed alphabetically, A-2

I Identification Request (H.020), 4-43 Identification Result (H.019), 4-43 to 4-44

Input, analog

see Option Port: Communication Loss Select

(P.062) Terminal Block Analog Input Gain (P.01 O) Terminal Block Analog Input Invert (P.011) Terminal Block Analog Input Offset (P.009) Torque Reference Source (U.000) Trim Reference Source (P.014)

Input, digital

limits selection, 4-11 preset speeds, see Preset 1 Through Preset 8

(P.031 to P.038) see also

Accel Time 2 (P.017) Decel Time 2 (P.018) Preset 1 Through Preset 8 (P.031 to P.038) Terminal Block Digital Inputs Configure (P.007) Terminal Block Speed Reference Select (P.008)

lndex-1

Page 146: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

J Jog mode, 3-4 Jog Ramp Accel Time (P.021), 4-17 Jog Ramp Decel Time (P.022), 4-17 Jog Speed Reference (P.020), 4-17

K Keypad/display, 3-1, 3-5 to 3-7, see also Keys

LEDs, Control Source Select (P.000) ' Keys, 3-1 , 3-5 to 3-6

L LEDs, 3-1, 3-7 Line Dip Ride Through Time (P.042), 4-25

M Magnetizing Current (U.006), 4-50 Maximum Speed (P.004), 4-6 Minimum Speed (P.003), 4-5 Modes, 3-1 to 3-4 Monitor mode, 3-2 to 3-3 MOP Accel/Decel (P.023), 4-18 MOP Reset Configuration (P.024), 4-18 Motor Nameplate Amps (H.002), 4-35 Motor Nameplate Amps (U.004), 4-49 Motor Nameplate Base Frequency (H.001), 4-34 Motor Nameplate Base Frequency (U.003), 4-48 Motor Nameplate RPM (U.005), 4-49 Motor Nameplate Volts (H .000), 4-34 Motor Nameplate Volts (U.002), 4-50 Motor operated potentiometer, see MOP Motor Overload Enable (P.040), 4-23 Motor Overload Type (P.041), 4-24 Motor Poles (U.002), 4-47 Motor thermal overload, see Motor Overload Enable Motor Top Speed (U.017), 4-55

N Network Communication Option Board 4-28 4-29

4-31 ' ' '

Network Connection Type (P.061), 4-29 Network Drop Number (P.060), 4-28

0 Open-loop regulation, see Volts/Hertz Regulation Option Port: Communication Loss Select (P.062)

4-29 '

Option Port: Network Reference Source Select (P.063), 4-31

Option Port: Type and Version (P.065), 4-32

lndex-2

Output, analog polarity, 4-13 selection and scaling, 4-13 see also

Option Port: Communication Loss Select (P.062)

Terminal Block Analog Output Source (P.012) Output Relay Configuration (P.013), 4-14 Overfrequency Limit (H.022), 4-45 Overspeed protection

vector regulation, 4-30 V/Hz regulation, 4-45

p P parameters, 4-4 to 4-7, 4-9 to 4-33

listed alphabetically, A-1 Parameters

listed alphabetically, A-1 to A-2 configurable, 4-1 displaying, 4-3 European default settings, E-1 to E-4 First Menu General, 4-4 to 4-7 H, 4-34 to 4-45 Japanese default settings, E-1 to E-4 menu structure, 4-2 modifying, 4-3 P, 4-4 to 4-7, 4-9 to 4-33 password protection, 4-1 to 4-2 power module-dependent default values, C-1 read only, 4-1 record of user settings, B-1 to B-3 restoring defaults, see Restore Defaults (P.050) Second Menu General, 4-9 to 4-33 tunable, 4-1 types, 4-1 U, 4-46 to 4-56 Vector, 4-46 to 4-56 Volts/Hertz, 4-34 to 4-45

Password accessing Second Menu, see Second Menu

Password (P.006) LED, 3-7 preventing parameter modification see

Programming Disable (P.051) Power module, see Power Unit Power Unit Output Amps (P.095), 4-32 Power Unit Type (P.099), 4-33 Preset 1 (P.031 ) , 4-22 Preset 2 (P.032), 4-22 Preset 3 (P.033), 4-22 Preset 4 (P.034), 4-22

Preset 5 (P.035), 4-22

Page 147: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

Preset 6 (P.036), 4-22 Preset 7 (P.037), 4-22 Preset 8 (P.038), 4-22 Program mode, 3-1 , 3-3 Programming Disable (P.051), 4-28 Pulse Tach PPR (U.001), 4-46 to 4-47

R Regenerative Braking Module Kit, see Dynamic

Braking Regulation

selecting, see Volts/Hertz or Vector Mode Select (P.048)

types, V Restore Defaults (P.050), 4-27 Reverse Disable (P.027), 4-20 Rotor Time Constant (U.021), 4-56 RPM Display Scaling (P.028), 4-21 Run mode, 3-1, 3-4

s S-Curve Enable (P.019), 4-16 Second Menu Password (P.006), 4-7 Slip Compensation (H.004), 4-36 Snubber Resistor Kit, see Dynamic Braking Select Software Version Number (P.098), 4-32 Speed reference

displaying, 3-2 entering while under local control, 3-2 to 3-3 increasing/decreasing while under local control

3-3 ' Speed Regulator Integral Gain (U.013), 4-53 Speed Regulator Proportional Gain (U.012), 4-53 speed setpoint, see Speed Reference Start-up procedures

vector, 2-1 to 2-28 volts/hertz, 1-1 to 1-18

Stop Mode (P.025), 4-19 Stopping the drive

coast-to-rest, see Stop Mode (P.025) ramp-to-rest, see Stop Mode (P.025) see also

D-C Braking Enable (H.005) Decel Time 1 (P.002) Jog Ramp Decel Time (P.022) Option Port: Communication Loss Select

(P.062) Stop Mode (P.025) Terminal Block Digital Inputs Configure (P.007)

Sync Mode Select (H.016), 4-41

T Terminal Block Analog Input Gain (P.010), 4-12 Terminal Block Analog Input Invert (P.011), 4-12 Terminal Block Analog Input Offset (P.009), 4-12 Terminal Block Analog Output Source (P.012), 4-13 Terminal Block Digital Inputs Configure (P.007), 4-9

to 4-10 Terminal Block Speed Reference Select (P.008),

4-11 to 4-12 Terminal block, see also Terminal Strip Terminal strip

see Control Source Select (P.000) Function Loss Selection (P.026) Output Relay Configuration (P.013) Terminal Block Analog Input Gain (P.010) Terminal Block Analog Input Invert (P.011) Terminal Block Analog Input Offset (P.009) Terminal Block Analog Output Source (P.012) Terminal Block Digital Inputs Configure (P.007) Terminal Block Speed Reference Select (P.008) Torque Reference Source (U.000) Trim Reference Source (P.014)

Thermal overload, see Motor Overload Torque Boost Voltage (H.003), 4-35 Torque Reference Source (U.000), 4-46 Torque Regulator Integral Gain (U.015), 4-54 Torque Regulator Proportional Gain (U.014), 4-53 Torque Self-Tune Enable (U.008), 4-51 Torque Self-Tune Result (U.009), 4-52 Trim Gain Percentage (P.015), 4-15 Trim Reference Source (P.014), 4-14

u U parameters, 4-46 to 4-56

listed alphabetically, A-1

V Vector parameters, 4-46 to 4-56

listed alphabetically, A-1 Vector regulation

selecting, see Volts/Hertz or Vector Mode Select (P.048)

start-up procedures, 2-1 to 2-28 Volts/Hertz Curve Mode (H.018), 4-42 Volts/Hertz or Vector Mode Select (P.048), 4-27 Volts/Hertz parameters, 4-34 to 4-45

listed alphabetically, A-2 Volts/hertz regulation

selecting, see Volts/Hertz or Vector Mode Select (P.048)

start-up procedures, 1-1 to 1-18

lndex-3

Page 148: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).
Page 149: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

Manufacturer's Declaration

Manufacturer:

Reliance Electric Industrial Co. 24701 Euclid Avenue Cleveland, Ohio 44117 - USA

declares that the product:

GV3000, A-C Speed Controller for Electric Motors

- is intended to be incorporated into machinery or to be assembled with other machinery to constitute machinery covered by Directive 89/392/EEC, as amended;

and that

- the following harmonized standards have been applied:

EN 60204-1 Electrical equipment of industrial machines - Part 1: General Requirements

and furthermore declares that the product covered by this Declaration must not be put into service until the machinery into which it is to be incorporated or of which it is a component has been found and declared to be in conformity with the provisions of Directive 89/392/EEC and with national implementing legislation, i.e., as a whole, including the product referred to in this Declaration.

Authorized Representative of the Company:

Place: Reliance Electric Industrial Co., Cleveland, Ohio 44117, USA

Date: January 1, 1995

Signature:

Name: Thomas R. Lenk

Position: Product Development Engineering Manager

Page 150: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).
Page 151: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).
Page 152: GV3000 AC General Purpose (Volts/Hertz) and Vector Duty ... · Industrial Company. This manual is a start-up and programming reference guide for the GV3000® drive (Version 4.0).

Publication D2-3323-2 – July 2013Supersedes Publication D2-3323-1 – June 1995 Copyright © 2013 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All rights reserved. Printed in USA.

U.S. Allen-Bradley Drives Technical Support - Tel: (1) 262.512.8176, Fax: (1) 262.512.2222, Email: [email protected], Online: www.ab.com/support/abdrives

www.rockwellautomation.com

Americas: Rockwell Automation, 1201 South Second Street, Milwaukee, WI 53204-2496 USA, Tel: (1) 414.382.2000, Fax: (1) 414.382.4444

Europe/Middle East/Africa: Rockwell Automation, Pegasus Park, De Kleetlaan 12a, 1831 Diegem, Belgium, Tel: (32) 2 663 0600, Fax: (32) 2 663 0640

Asia Pacific: Rockwell Automation, Level 14, Core F, Cyberport 3, 100 Cyberport Road, Hong Kong, Tel: (852) 2887 4788, Fax: (852) 2508 1846

Power, Control and Information Solutions Headquarters